Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 28, 2020

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report _________________

For the transition period from _________________ to _________________

Commission file number: 001-32635

 

 

BIRKS GROUP INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Canada

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

2020 Robert-Bourassa Blvd.

Montreal Québec

Canada

H3A 2A5

(Address of principal executive offices)

Katia Fontana, 514-397-2592 (telephone), 514-397-2537 (facsimile)

2020 Robert-Bourassa Blvd.

Suite 200

Montreal Québec

Canada

H3A 2A5

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading

Symbol

 

Name of each exchange

on which registered

Class A Voting Shares, without nominal or par value   BGI   NYSE American LLC

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None.

 

 

The number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report was:

 

  10,252,911     

Class A Voting Shares, without nominal or par value

  7,717,970     

Class B Multiple Voting Shares, without nominal or par value

  0     

Series A Preferred Shares, without nominal or par value, issuable in series

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.      Yes      No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.      Yes      No

Note: Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.      Yes      No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).      Yes      No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

 

   Accelerated filer  

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

        

Emerging Growth Company

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ☒

          International Financial Reporting Standards as issued         Other  ☐
          by the International Accounting Standards Board  

     

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:    Item 17       Item 18  

If this is an Annual Report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).      Yes      No

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

Part I

       

Item 1.

     Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers      4  

Item 2.

     Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable      4  

Item 3.

     Key Information      4  

Item 4.

     Information on the Company      15  

Item 4A.

     Unresolved Staff Comments      22  

Item 5.

     Operating and Financial Review and Prospects      23  

Item 6.

     Directors, Senior Management and Employees      43  

Item 7.

     Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions      52  

Item 8.

     Financial Information      56  

Item 9.

     The Offer and Listing      56  

Item 10.

     Additional Information      57  

Item 11.

     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      62  

Item 12.

     Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities      63  

Part II

       

Item 13.

     Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies      63  

Item 14.

     Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds      63  

Item 15.

     Controls and Procedures      64  

Item 16A.

     Audit Committee Financial Expert      65  

Item 16B.

     Code of Ethics      65  

Item 16C.

     Principal Accountant Fees and Services      65  

Item 16D.

     Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees      65  

Item 16E.

     Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers      65  

Item 16F.

     Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant      66  

Item 16G.

     Corporate Governance      66  

Item 16H.

     Mine Safety Disclosure      66  

Item 17.

     Financial Statements      66  

Item 18.

     Financial Statements      66  

Part III

       

Item 19.

     Exhibits      67  

 

i


Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION

References

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Birks Group,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” are used in this Annual Report to refer to Birks Group Inc., a Canadian corporation, and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. In addition, (i) the term “Mayors” refers to Mayor’s Jewelers, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Mayor’s Jewelers of Florida, Inc., a Florida corporation, until October 23, 2017, upon which date it was sold to a third party, and (ii) “the merger” refers to the merger of Mayors with a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, as approved by the stockholders on November 14, 2005. The term “Birks” refers to Henry Birks & Sons Inc., the legal name of Birks Group prior to the merger.

Presentation of Financial and Other Information

Throughout this Annual Report, we refer to our fiscal year ending March 28, 2020, as fiscal 2020, and our fiscal years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, as fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively. Our fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in March of each year. The fiscal years ended March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019 consisted of 52 weeks, respectively, and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 consisted of 53 weeks.

Current developments

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the novel coronavirus disease (COVID-19) a pandemic and a global emergency. In response to this pandemic, many government authorities have taken preventative and protective actions to contain the spread of the virus, including imposing restrictions on business operations and travel and advising individuals to limit or forego their time outside of their homes. As a result of the measures adopted by the Canadian federal and provincial governments to mitigate the spread of the virus, and in order to ensure the health and safety of its employees, customers and the community, the Company temporarily closed all of its retail locations in Canada effective on March 18, 2020.. This adversely impacted the Company’s operations for the remainder of fiscal 2020 and for the first months of fiscal 2021, through which the Company’s sales were primarily derived from its e-commerce business as well as its concierge service through which clients are assisted by telephone.

As a result of these developments, the Company has established a cross-functional management team to evaluate and guide its business operations in the context of the COVID-19 pandemic, with a focus on the health and safety of the Company’s employees and clients, business continuity, and management of liquidity. The Company has taken various actions in an attempt to mitigate the financial impacts of COVID-19 in order to conserve cash to finance its ongoing operations. Namely, it has temporarily laid-off approximately 80% of its employees without pay, implemented temporary base salary reductions of 20% for its executive officers, reduced its workweek by 20% for the remaining active employees and temporarily reduced Board of Directors compensation by 20%. The Company also took action to substantially reduce its operating costs across all areas of the business, including marketing expenses, negotiated extended credit terms and/or other support with the majority of its vendors and rent relief with its landlords, and postponed capital expenditures through the first quarter of fiscal 2021. In addition, the Company is reducing future inventory purchases where possible and working closely with trade and non-trade suppliers to control costs in order to better position the Company for a return to business. The Company has also applied to and received funding from a financial relief program offered by the Federal government, the Canada Emergency Wage Subsidy (“CEWS”), which has partially reimbursed payroll expenses for the period from March 2020 through June 2020 for the remaining active employees.

During May 2020 and through July 2020, the federal and provincial government authorities have started to loosen the protective actions and restrictions imposed at the outset of the pandemic outbreak, thereby allowing the Company to gradually re-open its stores across Canada, and re-hire certain employees that were temporarily laid-off. The current economic, business and retail climates are significantly changed since March 2020 and as such, the Company’s sales and operations have been materially adversely affected. The Company continues to operate through its revolving credit facility, but COVID-19 has resulted in significant disruption to global financial markets, which could have a negative impact on the Company’s ability to access capital in the future. Given the uncertainty in the circumstances, the Company may consider pursuing other actions to enhance its liquidity position.

 

1


Table of Contents

On July 8, 2020, the Company secured a new four-year term loan with Investissement Québec in the amount of $10.0 million. The secured term loan is being used to fund the working capital needs of the Company, including those arising from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company. The loan bears an interest rate of 3.14% per annum and is repayable in 36 equal payments beginning in July 2021. The term loan with Investissement Québec requires the Company on an annual basis to have a working capital ratio (defined as current assets divided by current liabilities excluding the current portion of operating lease liabilities) of at least 1.01. On July 8, 2020, the Company obtained a waiver from Investissement Québec with respect to the requirement to meet the working capital ratio for fiscal 2021.

Significant Transaction in fiscal 2018

On August 11, 2017, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”) with Aurum Holdings Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, which assigned its rights and obligations under the Stock Purchase Agreement to Aurum Group USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (now known as Watches of Switzerland) (“Aurum”) to sell its wholly-owned subsidiary, Mayors, which operated in Florida and Georgia and was engaged primarily in luxury timepieces and jewelry retail activities. The sale was completed on October 23, 2017 for total consideration of $135.0 million (USD $106.8 million) (the “Aurum Transaction”).

As part of the Aurum Transaction, Birks entered into a 5 year distribution agreement with Aurum (the “Distribution Agreement”) to sell Birks fine jewelry in the U.K. at Mappin & Webb and Goldsmiths stores and on their respective e-commerce platforms. Furthermore, pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Birks collections continue to be sold in the United States through Mayors stores in Florida and Georgia.

Proceeds from the Aurum Transaction were used to pay down outstanding debt under the Company’s previous senior secured credit facilities that included term debt and working capital debt associated with Mayors. The Company did not pay dividends as a result of the Aurum Transaction, but rather, the remaining transaction proceeds were used by Birks to continue its strategic growth initiatives, specifically to invest in its Canadian flagship stores and to support its high-growth Birks brand wholesaling activities and e-commerce, as part of the Company’s omni-channel strategy.

As a result of the Aurum Transaction, the Company has presented Mayors’ results as a discontinued operation in the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for all periods presented. See Item 5 below for a reconciliation of the Company’s results from continuing operations and from discontinuing operations for the fiscal years 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

Forward-Looking Information

This Annual Report and other written reports and releases and oral statements made from time to time by the Company contain forward-looking statements which can be identified by their use of words like “plans,” “expects,” “believes,” “will,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “projects,” “estimates,” “could,” “would,” “may,” “planned,” “goal,” and other words of similar meaning. All statements that address expectations, possibilities or projections about the future, including, without limitation, statements about our strategies for growth, expansion plans, sources or adequacy of capital, expenditures and financial results are forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to the following: (i) the magnitude and length of economic disruption as a result of the worldwide novel coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak, including its impact on macroeconomic conditions, generally, as well as its impact on the results of operations and financial condition of the Company and the trading price of its shares; (ii) a decline in consumer spending or deterioration in consumer financial position; (iii) economic, political and market conditions, including the economies of Canada and the U.S., which could adversely affect the Company’s business, operating results or financial condition, including its revenue and profitability, through the impact of changes in the real estate markets, changes in the equity markets and decreases in consumer confidence and the related changes in consumer spending patterns, the impact on store traffic, tourism and sales; (iv) the impact of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, increases in commodity prices and borrowing costs and their related impact on the Company’s costs and expenses; (v) the Company’s ability to maintain and obtain sufficient sources of liquidity to fund its operations, to achieve planned sales, gross margin and net income, to keep costs low, to implement its business strategy, maintain relationships with its primary vendors, to mitigate fluctuations in the availability and prices of the Company’s merchandise, to compete with other jewelers, to succeed in its marketing initiatives, and to have a successful customer service program, and (vi) the Company’s ability to execute its strategic vision.

 

2


Table of Contents

One must carefully consider such statements and understand that many factors could cause actual results to differ from the forward-looking statements, such as inaccurate assumptions and other risks and uncertainties, some known and some unknown. No forward-looking statement is guaranteed and actual results may vary materially. Such statements are made as of the date provided, and we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect future developments or circumstances.

One should carefully evaluate such statements by referring to the factors described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), especially on this Form 20-F and our Forms 6-K. Particular review is to be made of Items 3, 4 and 5 of this Form 20-F where we discuss in more detail various important risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ from expected or historical results. All written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. Since it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors, the identified items are not a complete statement of all risks or uncertainties.

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Not applicable.

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

Item 3. Key Information

Selected Financial Data

The following financial data as of March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019 and for the years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following financial data as of March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017, and March 26, 2016 and for the years ended March 25, 2017, and March 26, 2016 have been derived starting with our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report, recast to CAD (see * footnote below) and then adjusted to reflect the effects of the discontinued operations (see footnote 4 below), which adjustments are unaudited. All fiscal years, except for fiscal 2018, in the table below consisted of 52 weeks. Fiscal 2018 consisted of 53 weeks. The historical results included below and elsewhere in this Annual Report are not necessarily indicative of our future performance.

The data presented below is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Annual Report. You should also read the following summary data in conjunction with Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

Income Statement Data – from continuing operations:                               
     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28,
2020
    March 30,
2019
    March 31,
2018*
    March 25,
2017*
    March 25,
2016*
 
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Net sales

   $ 169,420     $ 151,049     $ 146,608     $ 152,992     $ 168,713  

Cost of sales

     104,943       92,472       90,915       91,460       99,249  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     64,477       58,577       55,693       61,532       69,464  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     65,867       67,106       66,754       61,599       63,384  

Restructuring charges (1)

     —         1,182       894       897       720  

Depreciation and amortization

     4,845       3,859       3,264       3,428       3,660  

Gain on sale of assets (2)

     —         —         —         —         (4,235

Impairment of long-lived assets (3)

     309       46       2,788       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     71,021       72,193       73,700       65,924       63,529  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (6,544     (13,616     (18,007     (4,392     5,935  

Interest and other financial costs

     5,683       4,689       3,988       4,467       5,639  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

     (12,227     (18,305     (21,995     (8,859     296  

Income tax (recovery) expense

     —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

     (12,227     (18,305     (21,995     (8,859     296  

Discontinued operations:

          

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (552     (381     (1,592     15,934       6,836  

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         —         37,682       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations

     (552     (381     36,090       15,934       6,836  

Net (loss) income attributable to common shareholders

   $ (12,779   $ (18,686   $ 14,095     $ 7,075     $ 7,132  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per common share, basic

   $ (0.71   $ (1.04   $ 0.78     $ 0.39     $ 0.40  

Net (loss) income per common share, diluted

   $ (0.71   $ (1.04   $ 0.77     $ 0.38     $ 0.40  

Net (loss) income from continuing operations per common share – basic

   $ (0.68   $ (1.02   $ (1.22   $ (0.49   $ 0.02  

Net (loss) income from continuing operations per common share – diluted

   $ (0.68   $ (1.02   $ (1.20)     $ (0.48   $ 0.02  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     17,968       17,961       17,961       17,961       17,961  

Weighted average common shares outstanding – diluted

     17,968       17,961       18,393       18,418       17,961  

Dividends per share

     —         —         —         —         —    

 

4


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Data:

 

     March 28, 2020     March 30, 2019      March 31, 2018*      March 25, 2017*(4)      March 25, 2016*(4)  
     (In thousands)  

Working capital

   $ (6,275   $ 7,464      $ 22,449      $ 1,530      $ 9,907  

Total assets

   $ 210,652     $ 133,795      $ 120,275      $ 115,163      $ 119,451  

Bank indebtedness

   $ 58,035     $ 47,021      $ 36,925      $ 59,965      $ 46,643  

Long-term debt (including current portion)

   $ 16,281     $ 17,104      $ 8,210      $ 8,626      $ 22,531  

Operating lease liability (including current portion) (5)

   $ 78,458     $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —    

Stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,410     $ 13,783      $ 32,477      $ 17,112      $ 10,223  

Common Stock:

             

Value

   $ 93,368     $ 93,348      $ 93,348      $ 93,348      $ 93,348  

Shares

     17,971       17,961        17,961        17,961        17,961  

 

*

The Company has changed its reporting currency from USD to CAD for the period commencing April 1, 2018. Prior periods’ comparative financial information has been recast as if the Company always used CAD as its reporting currency

(1)

In fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, restructuring charges relate primarily to severance as we eliminated certain head office positions to further increase efficiency and to align corporate functions with our strategic direction following the Aurum Transaction. In fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2016, restructuring charges related to consolidating most of our corporate administrative workforce to Montreal as well as outsourcing a portion of our jewelry manufacturing and other corporate staff reductions. Refer to note 11 to our consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(2)

On August 4, 2015, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement for the sale of the assets of the corporate sales division to Rideau Recognition Solutions Inc. (“Rideau”) for $5.6 million and executed a supply and licensing agreement for Birks products and Birks-branded products.

(3)

Non-cash impairment of long-lived assets in fiscal 2020 are associated to store leases that have a possibility of early termination. Non cash impairment of long-lived assets in fiscal 2019 are associated with a retail location due to its projected operating performance and non-cash impairment of long-lived assets in fiscal 2018, are associated with a retail location due to its projected operating performance and software impairment associated with a decision to modify the scope of the implementation of the Company’s new enterprise resource planning system.

(4)

Retrospectively revised. For working capital, total assets, bank indebtedness and long-term debt for the years ended March 25, 2016 and March 25, 2017, the assets and liabilities of Mayors were retrospectively determined and excluded to reflect the remaining balances after the Aurum Transaction.

(5)

For fiscal 2020, the Company adopted ASU 2017-02 – Leases (Topic 842), on March 31, 2019 by applying its provisions prospectively and recognizing a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit as of March 31, 2019 (modified retrospective adoption approach). The adoption of ASU 2017-02 – Lease (Topics 842) had the following impacts on the Company’s financial statements as at March 31, 2019: the establishment of an Operating lease liability of $76.8 million and a corresponding Operating lease right-of-use asset, the reclassification of existing deferred lease inducements of $6.8 million and deferred straight-line rent of $4.3 million from Other long-term liabilities to Operating lease right-of-use asset, and the reclassification of deferred gains on sales-leasebacks of $2.4 million previously recorded in other long-term liabilities, to opening accumulated deficit. As a result of the implementation of this ASU, working capital includes the current portion of operating lease liabilities of $5.8 million. Prior year numbers have not been modified for this standard. Refer to notes 2(s) and 12 to our consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

5


Table of Contents

Dividends and Dividend Policy

We have not paid dividends since 1998 and do not currently intend to pay dividends on our Class A voting shares or Class B multiple voting shares in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends on our Class A voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares are restricted by our credit agreements. See Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and Capital Resources.” If dividends were declared by our Board of Directors, shareholders would receive a dividend equal to the per share dividend we would pay to holders of our Class A voting shares or holders of Class B multiple voting shares. Dividends we would pay to U.S. holders would generally be subject to withholding tax. See Item 10, “Additional Information —Taxation.”

RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to the Company

Our business has been and will continue to be adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

A public health crisis or disease outbreak, epidemic or pandemic, or the threat or fear of such events, could adversely impact the Company’s business. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the novel coronavirus disease (COVID-19) a pandemic and a global emergency. In response to this pandemic, many government authorities have taken preventative and protective actions to contain the spread of the virus. COVID-19 has significantly impacted the Company’s retail stores, sales, and foot traffic, based on the perceived public health risk and government imposed quarantines and restrictions of public gatherings and commercial activity to contain the spread of the virus. As a result of the measures adopted by the Canadian federal and provincial governments to mitigate the spread of the virus, and in order to ensure the health and safety of its employees, customers and the community, the Company temporarily closed all of its retail locations in Canada effective on March 18, 2020 until further notice. This has adversely impacted the Company’s operations as for the remainder of fiscal 2020 and the first months of fiscal 2021, through which the Company’s sales were primarily derived from its e-commerce business as well as its concierge telephone service. While the Company’s e-commerce business has not yet been significantly impacted, additional government mandates ordering the shutdown of business and manufacturing and fulfillment facilities could impact the Company’s ability to take or fulfill customer orders placed online.

Our operations have been experiencing and are expected to continue to experience disruptions from the global outbreak of COVID-19. To date, such disruptions have included the temporary closure of all of our retail store operations in Canada effective on March 18, 2020. As a result of these store closures, the Company has experienced significant declines in sales, including a year-over-year decline of approximately 73% for the period from March 18, 2020 to June 13, 2020. As of this date of this Form 20-F, 29 of our 30 stores have since re-opened.

Our business is particularly sensitive to reductions in discretionary spending by consumers. To date, this outbreak has caused, and is continuing to cause, significant disruption in the financial markets both globally and in Canada, which could lead to a decline in discretionary spending by consumers, and which could in turn impact, possibly materially, the Company’s business, sales, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, our revenues and cash flows from operations are primarily derived from our retail network. We are exposed to additional COVID-19 related risks in relation to our retail store network such as social distancing requirements implemented by local governments as well as possible mandatory or elective temporary store shutdowns in the case of a potential second wave of the novel coronavirus. Such impacts could result in lower or no foot traffic throughout or retail store network which would adversely impact our sales, cash flows from operations and our liquidity position. The effects could also impact our ability to continue to respect payment terms with our suppliers and could cause our accounts payable balance to age significantly. The Company cannot predict the degree to, or the time period over, which its sales and operations will be affected by this outbreak, and the effects could be material. The longer the effects of COVID-19 last, the longer discretionary spending by consumers may be impacted, and the more extensive the effects could be on our business, sales, financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations. If there is a second wave of the outbreak, recently re-opened stores may need to be closed again, further impacting our business, sales, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

 

6


Table of Contents

The level of our indebtedness could adversely affect our operations, liquidity and financial condition.

Our debt levels fluctuate from time to time based on seasonal working capital needs. In fiscal 2020, the Company incurred debt primarily consisting of bank indebtedness in order to manage its working capital needs. In fiscal 2019, the Company incurred debt primarily for the purpose of financing the renovations of its flagship stores, which is in line with its strategic plan. The following table sets forth our total indebtedness (including bank indebtedness and current and long-term portion of debt), total stockholders’ equity, total capitalization and ratio of total indebtedness to total capitalization as of:

 

     March 28, 2020     March 30, 2019  

Total indebtedness (consisting of bank indebtedness and long-term debt, including current portion)

   $ 74,316,000     $ 64,125,000  

Total stockholders’ equity

     3,410,000       13,783,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 77,726,000     $ 77,908,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of total indebtedness to total capitalization

     95.6     82.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt to equity ratio

     21.79       4.65  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

This level of leverage could adversely affect our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. Some examples of how high levels of indebtedness could affect our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition may include the following:

 

   

make it difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to fluctuations in interest rates;

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of cash from operations to the payment of debt service, thereby reducing the availability of cash to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, general corporate purposes or acquisitions;

 

   

place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have a lower degree of leverage; and

 

   

negatively affect the price of our stock.

Consequently, our belief that we currently have sufficient liquidity to fund our operations is based on certain assumptions about the future state of the economy, the future availability of borrowings to fund our operations and our future operating performance. To the extent that the economy and other conditions affecting our business are significantly worse than we anticipate, we may not achieve our projected level of financial performance and we may determine that we do not have sufficient capital to fund our operations.

Significant restrictions on our borrowing capacity could result in our inability to fund our cash flow requirements or maintain minimum excess availability requirements under the terms of our secured asset-based credit facility needed to support our day-to-day operations and our ability to continue as a going concern.

Our ability to fund our operations and meet our cash flow requirements is dependent upon our ability to maintain positive excess availability under our $85.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Credit Facility”). Under the Credit Facility, our sole financial covenant is to maintain minimum excess availability of not less than $8.5 million at all times, except that we shall not be in breach of this covenant if excess availability falls below $8.5 million for not more than two consecutive business days once during any fiscal month. Our excess availability was above $8.5 million throughout fiscal 2020.

Both our Credit Facility and Term Loan (defined below) are subject to cross default provisions with all other loans pursuant to which if we are in default of any other loan, we will immediately be in default of both the Credit Facility and the Term Loan. In the event that excess availability falls below $8.5 million for more than two consecutive business days once during any fiscal month, this would be considered an event of default under the Credit Facility and Term Loan agreements, that provides the lenders the right to require the outstanding balances borrowed under our Credit Facility and Term Loan to become due immediately, which would result in cross defaults on our other borrowings. We expect to have excess availability of at least $8.5 million for at least the next twelve months.

 

7


Table of Contents

On June 29, 2018, we secured a $12.5 million senior secured term loan (the “Term Loan”) with Crystal Financial LLC (“Crystal”). The Term Loan, which matures in October 2022, is subordinated in lien priority to the Credit Facility and bears interest at a rate of Canadian Dollar Offered Rate (“CDOR”) plus 8.25%. Under the Term Loan, we are required to adhere to a similar financial covenant as under the Credit Facility (maintain minimum excess availability of not less than $8.5 million at all times, except that we shall not be in breach of this covenant if excess availability falls below $8.5 million for not more than two consecutive business days once during any fiscal month). In addition, the Term Loan includes seasonal availability blocks imposed from December 20th to January 20th of each year of $9.5 million and from January 21st to February 20th of each year of $4.5 million. The long-term senior secured term loan is required to be repaid upon maturity. Our borrowing capacity under both the Credit Facility and Term Loan is based upon the value of our inventory and accounts receivable, which is periodically assessed by our lenders and based upon these reviews, our borrowing capacity could be significantly increased or decreased.

Our lenders under our Credit Facility and our Term Loan may impose, at any time, discretionary reserves, which would lower the level of borrowing availability under our credit facilities (customary for asset-based loans), at their reasonable discretion, to: i) ensure that we maintain adequate liquidity for the operation of our business, ii) cover any deterioration in the value of the collateral, and iii) reflect impediments to the lenders to realize upon the collateral. There is no limit to the amount of discretionary reserves that our lenders may impose at their reasonable discretion. No discretionary reserves were imposed during fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2018, by our current or former lenders.

For fiscal 2020, the Company reported a net loss from continuing operations of $12.2 million (consolidated net loss of $12.8 million). The Company reported a net loss from continuing operations of $18.3 million (consolidated net loss of $18.7 million) and a net loss from continuing operations of $22.0 million (consolidated net income of $14.1 million) for fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively. The Company used cash in operating activities from continuing operations of $3.8 million, $4.3 million, and $19.7 million for fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Maintenance of sufficient availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed financing is necessary for the Company to fund its day-to-day operations. If the Company does not generate profitable operations and positive cash flows from operations in future periods, the Company may be unable to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The Company’s ability to make scheduled payments of principal, or to pay the interest or additional interest, if any, or to fund planned capital expenditures and store operations will depend on its ability to maintain adequate levels of available borrowing and its future performance, may be subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors, as well as other events that are beyond the Company’s control.

Although the Company continued to operate through its Credit Facility. COVID-19 has resulted in significant disruption to global financial markets, and as a result, the Company has an increased risk of not being able to meet the requirements of the above-mentioned covenant, which could have a negative impact on the Company’s ability to access capital in the future. Given the uncertainty in the circumstances, the Company is pursuing other actions to enhance its liquidity position, which could include entering into new credit facilities, to the extent available. If new credit facilities are not available to the Company, there may be a material adverse impact on its financial condition and ability to manage its working capital.

On July 8, 2020, the Company secured a new four-year term loan with Investissement Québec in the amount of $10.0 million. The loan bears an interest rate of 3.14% per annum and is repayable in 36 equal payments beginning in July 2021. The term loan with Investissement Québec requires the Company on an annual basis to have a working capital ratio (defined as current assets divided by current liabilities excluding the current portion of operating lease liabilities) of at least 1.01. On July 8, 2020, the Company obtained a waiver from Investissement Québec with respect to the requirement to meet the working capital ratio for fiscal 2021. The secured term loan is being used to fund the working capital needs of the Company.

 

8


Table of Contents

The going concern basis of presentation assumes that the Company will continue its operations for the foreseeable future and be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business.

Additional financing or capital that may be required may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or may not be available at all. Capital raised through the sale or issuance of equity securities may result in dilution to our current shareholders. Failure to obtain such additional financing or capital could have an adverse impact on our liquidity and financial condition including our ability to continue as a going concern.

If we are unable to meet our financial projections, in order to invest in growth initiatives, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing, including funding from governmental sources, which may not be possible as the success of raising additional funds is beyond our control. The sale of additional equity securities could result in significant dilution to our current shareholders, and the securities issued in future financings may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our common stock. The terms of our Credit Facility and Term Loan expire in October 2022, as such, financing may be unavailable in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, including our ability to continue as a going concern. The Company continues to be actively engaged in identifying alternative sources of financing that include raising additional funds through public or private equity, the disposal of assets, and debt financing, including funding from governmental sources which may not be possible as the success of raising additional funds is beyond the Company’s control. The incurrence of additional indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that could restrict the Company’s operations. Financing may be unavailable in amounts or on terms acceptable to the Company if at all, which may have a material adverse impact on its business, including its ability to continue as a going concern.

Our business could be adversely affected if we are unable to continue to lease retail stores in prime locations and successfully negotiate favorable lease terms.

Historically, we have generally been successful in negotiating and improving leases for renewal as our current leases near expiration. As of May 31, 2020, we had 30 leased retail stores. The leases are generally in prime retail locations and generally have lease terms of ten years, with rent being a fixed minimum base plus, for certain stores, a percentage of the store’s sales volume (subject to some adjustments) over a specified threshold. Many uncontrollable factors can impact our ability to renew these leases, including but not limited to, competition for key locations from other retailers. Only 4 of the Company’s store leases are renewable within the next two years and such stores generated approximately 12% of our fiscal 2020 sales from continuing operations. The capital expenditures related to our retail stores are estimated to be approximately $2.3 million during fiscal 2021 to relocate or remodel existing stores, in accordance with our strategic plan. These planned capital expenditures are at the discretion of the Company and not required by our landlords. Such planned capital expenditures could be delayed in the event of a prolonged COVID-19 pandemic and the impacts on the Company’s operations and financial condition. We are able to finance these capital expenditures with internally generated funds and existing financing arrangements. However, in the future, if we are unsuccessful at negotiating favorable renewal terms, locations or if more capital is required to meet landlord requirements for remodeling or relocating retail stores and we are unable to secure the necessary funds to complete these projects, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be adversely affected. In addition, we may not be able to locate suitable alternative sites in a timely manner. Our sales, earnings and cash flows will decline if we fail to maintain existing store locations, renew leases or relocate to alternative sites, in each case on attractive terms.

Our business depends, in part, on factors affecting consumer spending that are out of our control.

Our business, like other retailers, depends on consumer demand for our products and, consequently, is sensitive to a number of factors that are beyond our control that influence consumer spending, including general economic conditions, consumer confidence in future economic conditions and domestic and international political conditions, tourism, recession and fears of recession, consumer debt, disposable consumer income, conditions in the housing market, consumer perceptions of personal well-being and security, fuel prices, inclement weather, interest rates, foreign exchange rates, sales tax rate increases, inflation, and war and fears of war. Jewelry purchases are discretionary for consumers and may be particularly and disproportionately affected by adverse trends in the general economy and the equity markets.

 

9


Table of Contents

Adverse changes in factors affecting discretionary consumer spending could reduce consumer demand for our products, resulting in a reduction in our sales and harming our business and operating results. A substantial portion of our customers use credit, either from our private label and proprietary credit cards or another consumer credit source, to purchase jewelry. When there is a downturn in the general economy, fewer people may use or be approved for credit, which could result in a reduction in net sales and/or an increase in bad debts, which in turn, could lead to an unfavorable impact on our overall profitability. The on-going COVID-19 pandemic has negatively impacted the global economy and reduced the amount of discretionary income available for consumers to purchase our products. We have seen significant decreases in consumer spending as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and such trends may continue. These circumstances have been amplified by the significant decline in global travel that has also occurred as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. If periods of decreased consumer spending continue, our sales could be negatively impacted, and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Consequently, our belief that we currently have sufficient liquidity to fund our operations is based on certain assumptions about the future state of the economy, the future availability of borrowings to fund our operations and our future operating performance. To the extent that the economy and other conditions affecting our business are significantly worse than we anticipate, we may not achieve our projected level of financial performance and we may determine that we do not have sufficient capital to fund our operations.

Our business could be adversely affected if our relationships with any primary vendors are terminated or if the delivery of their products is delayed or interrupted.

We compete with other jewelry retailers for access to vendors that will provide us with the quality and quantity of merchandise necessary to operate our business, and our merchandising strategy depends upon our ability to maintain good relations with significant vendors. Certain brand name timepiece and jewelry manufacturers have distribution agreements with our Company that, among other things, provide for specific sales locations, yearly renewal terms and early termination provisions at the manufacturer’s discretion. In fiscal 2020, merchandise supplied by our largest luxury timepiece supplier and sold through our stores accounted for approximately 20% of our total net sales from continuing operations. Our relationships with primary suppliers are generally not pursuant to long-term agreements. We obtain materials and manufactured items from third-party suppliers. Any delay or interruption in our suppliers’ abilities to provide us with necessary materials and components, including as a result of the on-going COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on suppliers, may require us to seek alternative supply sources. Any delay or interruption in receiving supplies could impair our ability to supply products to our stores and, accordingly, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. The abrupt loss of any of our significant third-party suppliers or a decline in the quality or quantity of materials supplied by any third-party suppliers could cause significant disruption in our business.

We may not successfully manage our inventory, which could have an adverse effect on our net sales, profitability, cash flow and liquidity.

As a retail business, our results of operations are dependent on our ability to manage our inventory. To properly manage our inventory, we must be able to accurately estimate customer demand and supply requirements and purchase new inventory accordingly. If we fail to sell our inventory, we may be required to write-down our inventory or pay our vendors without new purchases, creating additional vendor financing, which would have an adverse impact on our earnings and cash flows. Additionally, a significant portion of the merchandise we sell is carried on a consignment basis prior to sale or is otherwise financed by vendors, which reduces our required capital investment in inventory. Any significant change in these consignment or vendor financing relationships could have a material adverse effect on our net sales, cash flows and liquidity.

Fluctuations in the availability and prices of our raw materials and finished goods may adversely affect our results of operations.

We offer a large selection of distinctive high quality merchandise, including diamond, gemstone and precious metal jewelry, rings, wedding bands, earrings, bracelets, necklaces, charms, timepieces and gifts. Accordingly, significant changes in the availability or prices of diamonds, gemstones, and precious metals we require for our products could adversely affect our earnings. We do not hedge a material portion of the price of raw materials. A significant increase in the price of these materials could adversely affect our net sales and gross margins.

 

10


Table of Contents

Applicable laws and regulations related to consumer credit may adversely affect our business.

The operation of our credit business subjects us to substantial regulation relating to disclosure and other requirements upon origination, servicing, debt collection and particularly upon the amount of finance charges we can impose. Any adverse change in the regulation of consumer credit could adversely affect our earnings. For example, new laws or regulations could limit the amount of interest or fees we, or our banks, can charge on consumer loan accounts, or restrict our ability to collect on account balances, which could have a material adverse effect on our earnings. Compliance with existing and future laws or regulations could require material expenditures or otherwise adversely affect our business or financial results. Failure to comply with these laws or regulations, even if inadvertent, could result in negative publicity, and fines, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We are exposed to currency exchange risks that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

A portion of the purchases we make from our suppliers are denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result, a depreciation of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar would increase the cost of acquiring those goods in Canadian dollars, which would have a negative effect on our gross profit margin. In addition, material fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could reduce our borrowing availability under our Credit Facility which is denominated in Canadian dollars, and limit our ability to finance our operations.

We operate in a highly competitive and fragmented industry.

The retail jewelry and timepiece business is highly competitive and fragmented, and we compete with nationally-recognized jewelry chains as well as a large number of independent regional and local jewelry and timepiece retailers and other types of retailers who sell jewelry, timepieces, and gift items, such as department stores and mass merchandisers. We also compete with e-commerce sellers of jewelry and timepieces. Because of the breadth and depth of this competition, we are constantly under competitive pressure that both constrains pricing and requires extensive merchandising and marketing efforts in order for us to remain competitive.

We are controlled by a single shareholder whose interests may be different from yours.

As of May 31, 2020, The Grande Rousse Trust (“Grande Rousse”) beneficially owns or controls 75.9% of all classes of our outstanding voting shares, which are directly owned by Mangrove Holdings S.A (“Mangrove”) and Montel Sarl (“Montel”), previously Montrovest B.V. Montel and Mangrove own 49.2% and 26.7% of our outstanding voting shares respectively. The trustee of Grande Rousse is Meritus Trust Company Limited (the “Trustee”). Confido Limited has the power to remove the Trustee and as a result may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the Class A voting shares held by Montel and Mangrove. Under our restated articles, Montel and Mangrove, as holders of the Class B multiple voting shares, have the ability to control most actions requiring shareholder approval, including electing the members of our Board of Directors and the issuance of new equity.

Grande Rousse, Montel and Mangrove may have different interests than you have and may make decisions that do not correspond to your interests. In addition, the fact that we are controlled by one shareholder may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in our management or voting control.

Terrorist acts or other catastrophic events could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Terrorist acts, acts of war or hostility, natural disasters or other catastrophic events could have an immediate disproportionate impact on discretionary spending on luxury goods upon which our operations are dependent, and could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations. We have been, and may continue to be affected in the future, by widespread protests such as the protests related to social injustices that have taken place in various cities across Canada, in June 2020. Such protests can disrupt foot traffic at our stores, thereby negatively impacting sales, cause temporary store closures, and lead to inventory shrinkage, and property damage, all of which could adversely impact our sales and results from operations.

 

11


Table of Contents

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property and may be required to engage in costly litigation as a protective measure.

To establish and protect our intellectual property rights, we rely upon a combination of trademark and trade secret laws, together with licenses, exclusivity agreements and other contractual covenants. In particular, the “Birks” trademarks are of significant value to our retail operations. The measures we take to protect our intellectual property rights may prove inadequate to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property. Monitoring the unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Litigation of this type could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, may result in counterclaims or other claims against us and could significantly harm our results of operations.

A significant privacy breach of our information systems could disrupt or negatively affect our business.

The protection of customer, employee and company data is important to us, and our customers expect that their personal information will be adequately protected. The regulatory environment surrounding information security and data privacy is becoming increasingly demanding, as requirements in respect of personal data use and processing, including significant penalties for non-compliance, continues to evolve in the various jurisdictions in which the Company does business. Although we have developed and implemented systems and processes that are designed to protect our information and prevent data loss and other security breaches, such measures cannot provide absolute security. We rely upon information technology networks and systems, some of which are managed by third parties, to process, transmit and store electronic information, and to manage or support a variety of business processes and activities, including e-commerce sales, supply chain, merchandise distribution, customer invoicing and collection of payments. We use information technology systems to record, process and summarize financial information and results of operations for internal reporting purposes and to comply with regulatory financial reporting, legal and tax requirements. Additionally, we collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, proprietary business information, the proprietary business information of our customers and suppliers, as well as personally identifiable information of our customers and employees, in our information technology systems. The secure operation of these information technology networks, and the processing and maintenance of this information is critical to our business operations and strategy. To date, our business and operations have not been materially impacted by a cyber-attack or data breach, however a significant breach of customer, employee or company data could damage our reputation, our relationship with customers and the Birks brand and could result in lost sales, sizable fines, significant breach-notification costs and lawsuits as well as adversely affect results of operations. In addition, it could harm our ability to execute our business and adversely impact sales, costs and earnings. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate cost-effective preventative measures. We may need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches. We have implemented a work from home policy due to the COVID-19 outbreak for our corporate workforce in Montreal. Remote work could increase our cyber security risk, create data accessibility concerns, and make us more susceptible to communication disruptions, any of which could adversely impact our business operations.

Failure to successfully implement or make changes to information systems could disrupt or negatively impact our business.

In addition to regularly evaluating and making changes and upgrades to our information systems, we have begun to implement since fiscal 2016, a new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system with the Microsoft Dynamics D365 for Retail platform in order to update our retail systems including point of sale (POS), supply chain, warehouse management, wholesale, and finance. While we follow a disciplined methodology when evaluating and making such changes, there can be no assurances that we will successfully implement such changes, that such changes will occur without disruptions to our operations, that the new or upgraded systems will achieve the desired business objectives or that the internal controls will be effective in preventing misstatements in financial reporting. Any such disruptions, inadequate internal controls or the failure to successfully implement new or upgraded systems such as those referenced above, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and could also affect our reputation, our relationship with customers and our brands.

 

12


Table of Contents

The Company conducts retail operations in Canada and conducts wholesale operations in North America and the United Kingdom. The Company sources its inventory from several suppliers within and outside North America, and has cross border financing arrangements. As a result, the Company is subject to the risks of doing business in jurisdictions within and outside North America.

The Company generates the majority of its net sales in Canada. The Company also relies on certain foreign third-party vendors and suppliers. As a result, the Company is subject to the risks of doing business in jurisdictions within and outside North America, including:

 

   

the laws, regulations and policies of governments relating to loans and operations, the costs or desirability of complying with local practices and customs and the impact of various anti-corruption, anti-money laundering and other laws affecting the activities of the Company;

 

   

potential negative consequences from changes in taxation policies or currency restructurings;

 

   

potential negative consequences from the application of taxation policies, including transfer pricing rules and sales tax matters;

 

   

import and export licensing requirements and regulations, as well as unforeseen changes in regulatory requirements;

 

   

economic instability in foreign countries;

 

   

uncertainties as to enforcement of certain contract and other rights;

 

   

the potential for rapid and unexpected changes in government, economic and political policies, political or civil unrest, acts of terrorism or the threat of boycotts; and

 

   

inventory risk exposures.

Changes in regulatory, political, economic, or monetary policies and other factors could require the Company to significantly modify its current business practices and may adversely affect its future financial results. For example, the Company could be adversely impacted by U.S. trade policies, legislation, treaties and tariffs, including trade policies and tariffs affecting China, the E.U., Canada and Mexico, as well as retaliatory tariffs by such countries. Such tariffs and, if enacted, any further legislation or actions taken by the U.S. government that restrict trade, such as additional tariffs or trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures taken by governments in Europe, Asia and elsewhere, could have a negative effect on the Company’s ability to sell products in those markets.

While these factors and the effect of these factors are difficult to predict, any one or more of them could lower the Company’s revenues, impact its cash flow, increase its costs, reduce its earnings or disrupt its business.

Risks Related to Class A Voting Shares

Our share price could be adversely affected if a large number of Class A voting shares are offered for sale or sold.

Future issuances or sales of a substantial number of our Class A voting shares by us, Montel, Mangrove, or another significant shareholder in the public market could adversely affect the price of our Class A voting shares, which may impair our ability to raise capital through future issuances of equity securities. As of May 31, 2020, we had 10,252,911 Class A voting shares issued and outstanding. Sales of restricted securities in the public market, or the availability of these Class A voting shares for sale, could adversely affect the market price of Class A voting shares.

As a retail jeweler with a limited public float, the price of our Class A voting shares may fluctuate substantially, which could negatively affect the value of our Class A voting shares and could result in securities class action claims against us.

The price of our Class A voting shares may fluctuate substantially due to, among other things, the following factors: (1) fluctuations in the price of the shares of a small number of public companies in the retail jewelry business; (2) additions or departures of key personnel; (3) announcements of legal proceedings or regulatory matters; and (4) general volatility in the stock market. The market price of our Class A voting shares could also fluctuate substantially if we fail to meet or exceed expectations for our financial results or if there is a change in financial estimates or securities analysts’ recommendations.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Significant price and value fluctuations have occurred in the past with respect to the securities of retail jewelry and related companies. In addition, because the public float of our Class A voting shares is relatively small, the market price of our Class A voting shares is likely to be volatile. There is limited trading volume in our Class A voting shares, rendering them subject to significant price volatility. In addition, the stock market has experienced volatility that has affected the market prices of equity securities of many companies, and that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. A number of other factors, many of which are beyond our control, could also cause the market price of our Class A voting shares to fluctuate substantially. In the past, following periods of downward volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, class action litigation has often been pursued. If our Class A voting shares were similarly volatile and litigation was pursued against us, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

We are governed by the laws of Canada, and, as a result, it may not be possible for shareholders to enforce civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the U.S.

We are governed by the laws of Canada. Our assets are located outside the U.S. and our directors and officers are residents outside of the U.S. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service within the U.S. upon us or our directors and officers, or to realize in the U.S. upon judgments of courts of the U.S. predicated upon civil liability of Birks Group and such directors or officers under U.S. federal securities laws. There is doubt as to the enforceability in Canada by a court in original actions, or in actions to enforce judgments of U.S. courts, of the civil liabilities predicated upon U.S. federal securities laws.

We expect to maintain our status as a “foreign private issuer” under the rules and regulations of the SEC and, thus, are exempt from a number of rules under the Exchange Act of 1934 and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a company incorporated in the U.S.

As a “foreign private issuer,” we are exempt from rules under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“the Exchange Act”) that impose certain disclosure and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our Class A voting shares. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act, nor are we required to comply with Regulation Fair Disclosure, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning us than there is for other U.S. public companies.

If we were treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) some holders of our Class A voting shares would be subject to additional taxation, which could cause the price of our Class A voting shares to decline.

We believe that our Class A voting shares should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we expect to continue operations in such a manner that we will not be a PFIC. If, however, we are or become a PFIC, some holders of our Class A voting shares could be subject to additional U.S. federal income taxes on gains recognized with respect to our Class A voting shares and on certain distributions, plus an interest charge on certain taxes treated as having been deferred under the PFIC rules.

Our assessment of our internal control over financial reporting may identify “material weaknesses” in the future which could reduce confidence in our financial statements and negatively affect the price of our securities.

We are subject to reporting obligations under U.S. securities laws. Beginning with our Annual Report on Form 20-F for fiscal 2008, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to prepare a management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal control over our financial reporting is not effective. If at any time in the future, we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, market perception of our financial condition and the trading price of our stock may be adversely affected and customer perception of our business may suffer, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our operations. Further, our auditors do not audit our internal controls over financial reporting due to our market capitalization, and therefore, there has been no independent attestation of our internal controls over financial reporting.

 

14


Table of Contents

If the costs and burden of being a public company outweigh its benefits, we may in the future decide to discontinue our status as a publicly traded company.

As a public company, we currently incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NYSE American LLC (“NYSE American”), have imposed various requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls as well as mandating certain corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time and financial resources to these compliance initiatives. As such, if it is determined in the future that the costs and efforts of being a public company outweigh the benefits of being a public company, we may decide to discontinue our status as a publicly traded or registered company.

Our customer, employee and vendor relationships could be negatively affected if we fail to maintain our corporate culture and reputation.

We believe we have a well-recognized culture and reputation that our consumers associate with a high level of integrity, customer service and quality merchandise, and it is one of the reasons customers shop with us and employees choose us as a place of employment. Any significant damage to our reputation could diminish customer trust, weaken our vendor relationships, reduce employee morale and productivity and lead to difficulties in recruiting and retaining qualified employees.

Item 4. Information on the Company

THE COMPANY

Corporate History and Overview

Birks Group is a leading designer of fine jewelry, timepieces and gifts and operator of luxury jewelry stores in Canada, with wholesale customers in North America and the U.K. As of May 31, 2020, Birks Group operated 27 stores under the Maison Birks brand in most major metropolitan markets in Canada, 1 retail location in Calgary operated under the Brinkhaus brand, 1 retail location in Vancouver operated under the Graff brand and 1 retail location in Vancouver operated under the Patek Philippe brand. Birks fine jewelry collections are also available through select Mappin & Webb and Goldsmiths locations in the United Kingdom, in Mayors stores in the United States as well as at certain jewelry retailers across North America. For fiscal 2020, we had net sales of $169.4 million from continuing operations.

Birks’ predecessor company was founded in Montreal in 1879 and developed over the years into Canada’s premier designer, manufacturer and retailer of fine jewelry, timepieces, sterling and plated silverware and gifts. In addition to being a nationwide retailer with a strong brand identity, we are also highly regarded in Canada as a jewelry designer. We believe that operating our stores under the Birks brand and the fact that we sell Birks-branded jewelry distinguishes us from many competitors because of our longstanding reputation and heritage, our ability to offer distinctively designed, exclusive products, and by placing a strong emphasis on providing a superior shopping experience to our clients.

Birks was purchased by Borgosesia Acquisitions Corporation in 1993, a predecessor company of Regaluxe Investment S.á.r.l., which is referred to in this Annual Report as “Regaluxe”. Effective March 28, 2006, Regaluxe was acquired through a merger with Iniziativa S.A. (“Iniziativa”). As of May 31, 2007 and June 4, 2007, respectively, following a reorganization, Iniziativa and Montrolux S.A. transferred all of the shares they respectively held in the Company to their parent company, Montrovest B.V.(“Montrovest”now known as Montel). Following the 1993 acquisition of Birks, Birks’ operations were evaluated and a program of returning Birks to its historic core strength as the leading Canadian prestige jeweler was initiated.

 

15


Table of Contents

In August 2002, Birks invested $23.6 million to acquire approximately 72% of the voting control in Mayors, which was experiencing an unsuccessful expansion beyond its core markets and was incurring significant losses.

Between August 2002 and November 2005, it became apparent to both Mayors and Birks management that it was in the best interests of the shareholders to combine its operations. The Company believed that such combination would create a stronger capital base, improve operating efficiencies, reduce the impact of regional issues, simplify the corporate ownership of Mayors, eliminate management and board of directors’ inefficiencies with managing intercompany issues, and possibly increase shareholder liquidity. Upon the consummation of the merger on November 14, 2005, each outstanding share of Mayors common stock not then owned by Birks was converted into 0.08695 Class A voting shares of Birks. As a result of the merger, Mayors common stock ceased trading on the American Stock Exchange (“AMEX”) and Birks Group began trading on the AMEX, which is now known as the NYSE American, under the trading symbol “BGI.” Following the merger, Birks Group worked very diligently to fully integrate the Birks business with Mayors. As a result of the merger, we believe Birks Group improved operational efficiencies and diversity and depth of its products and distribution capabilities.

In December 2015, Montrovest (now known as Montel) transferred a portion of its Class A and Class B voting shares to Mangrove and as a result Montel owns 49.2% of the voting shares of the Company and Mangrove owns 26.7%.

In August 2017, Birks entered into the Stock Purchase Agreement with Aurum, the largest fine watch and jewelry retailer in the U.K., to sell its wholly-owned subsidiary Mayors. The Aurum Transaction closed on October 23, 2017 for total cash consideration of $135.0 million (USD$106.8 million). As part of the transaction, Birks entered into a 5 year distribution agreement with Aurum to sell Birks fine jewelry in the U.K. at Mappin & Webb, Goldsmiths stores and on their e-commerce websites.

In the last three fiscal years, we invested a total of approximately $27.6 million in capital expenditures primarily associated with the remodeling of our existing store network. During fiscal 2020, additions include $0.9 million towards the remodeling of a store in Toronto, and $0.5 million towards the opening of a new location in Calgary. Prior to the COVID pandemic, the Company started to benefit from the significant investments it had made in fiscal years 2019 and 2018, this included the completion of major transformative renovations at our three flagship locations, in Montreal (completed in June 2018), Vancouver (completed in February 2019) and Toronto (completed in March 2019). We also opened our Graff and Patek Philippe boutiques in Vancouver (completed in December 2018), and continued to invest in the ongoing implementation of a new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system.

In fiscal 2020, we transitioned away from a very capital-intensive period from fiscal 2017 to fiscal 2019 for the Company during which we implemented our growth-driven strategic objective, which includes the remodeling of our retail network including our flagship locations. The capital intensive spending period resulted in temporarily lower sales and contribution margin at the flagship locations under renovation, with a view to generate future long-term returns for the Company. Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic and forced store closures beginning in March 2020, the Company experienced a return to normal selling conditions during fiscal 2020. We currently expect to invest a significantly lower amount in capital expenditures in fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2022 as we focus solely on operations and on delivering a return on our strategic investment spending during the period from fiscal 2017 to fiscal 2019. In fact, in fiscal 2021, approximately $2.3 million is expected to be spent in capital expenditures, primarily related to store remodels and a store relocation. We expect to finance these capital expenditures from operating cash flows, and existing financing arrangements including tenant allowances from certain of our landlords. Such planned capital expenditures could be delayed in the event of prolonged COVID-19 impacts on the Company’s operations and financial condition.

The Company regularly reviews the locations of its retail network that leads to decisions that impact the opening, relocation or closing of these locations. During fiscal 2020, we relocated a Maison Birks store in Toronto, Ontario and opened a new Maison Birks store in Calgary, Alberta. During fiscal 2019, we closed two Maison Birks stores (one in Edmonton, Alberta and one in Toronto, Ontario) and closed one store operated under the Brinkhaus brand in Vancouver, British Colombia. During fiscal 2019, we also opened one store operated under the Graff brand and one store operated under the Patek Philippe brand in Vancouver, British Columbia. During fiscal 2019, we also relocated two Maison Birks stores (one in Vancouver, British Columbia and one in Toronto, Ontario) during the remodeling of their respective malls. During fiscal 2018, we opened a new Maison Birks store in Oshawa, Ontario and a new Maison Birks store in Surrey, British Columbia and closed no stores.

 

16


Table of Contents

The Toronto flagship store re-opened in its original location in March 2019 after having been moved to a smaller temporary location in the mall (which itself was undergoing significant construction activities) during fiscal 2017. The Company temporarily closed its Montreal flagship store in early 2018 to undertake a complete renovation of the store. The renovations were completed and the store re-opened in June 2018. Certain delays in the completion of these two major renovation projects significantly affected the sales of the Company during fiscal years 2019 and 2018.

Our sales are divided into two principal product categories: (i) jewelry and other, and (ii) timepieces. Jewelry and other also includes sales of other product offerings we sell such as giftware, as well as repair and custom design services.

The following table compares our sales from continuing operations of each product category for the last three fiscal years (dollars in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year-Ended  
     March 28, 2020     March 30, 2019     March 31, 2018  

Jewelry and other

   $ 90,175        53.2   $ 99,043        65.6   $ 103,058        70.3

Timepieces

     79,245        46.8     52,006        34.4     43,550        29.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 169,420        100   $ 151,049        100   $ 146,608        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The decline in sales from the jewelry and other product categories in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019 is primarily driven by softer bridal jewelry sales and by a decrease in Birks branded fine jewelry resulting from a decrease in discounting versus fiscal 2019. During fiscal 2019, the Company rationalized its inventory in order to liquidate discontinued inventory assumed as part of the Mayors transaction. The decline in sales from the jewelry and other product category in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was the result of direct competition in our major markets from corporate owned stores operated by certain third party jewelry brands which we carry. This was partially offset by the growth of Birks branded jewelry in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018.

The increase in sales from the timepieces product category in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019 was driven primarily by the Company’s flagship stores being open for the entire fiscal year post-renovations. The increase in sales from the timepieces product category in fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018 was driven primarily by an improved assortment of third party timepiece inventory, including the addition of certain globally renowned and desirable brands in our newly renovated flagship locations.

Birks Group is a Canadian corporation. Our corporate headquarters are located at 2020 Robert-Bourassa Boulevard, Suite 200, Montreal, Québec, Canada H3A 2A5. Our telephone number is (514) 397-2501. Our website is www.birksgroup.com.

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers (including Birks Group) that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. The Company also maintains a public website at http://www.birks.com.

 

17


Table of Contents

Products

We offer distinctively designed, exclusive products and a large selection of distinctive high quality merchandise at various price points. This merchandise includes Birks branded designed jewelry and third party designer jewelry that includes diamonds, gemstones, and precious metals. Our Birks brand consists of internally-developed luxury fine jewelry and bridal collections as well as watches and gift items. We also offer a large selection of desirable third party branded timepieces at various price points and giftware. Part of our strategy is to increase our exclusive offering of internally-designed goods sold to our customers, consisting primarily of fine jewelry, bridal offerings, and timepieces, all of which leverage the Birks brand loyalty in their respective markets and in order to differentiate our products with unique and exclusive designs.

Our stores, operating under the Maison Birks, Brinkhaus, Graff and Patek Phillippe brands, carry a large selection of prestigious brand name timepieces, including our own proprietary Birks watch line as well as timepieces made by Baume & Mercier, Breitling, Cartier, Chaumet, Dinh Van Paris, Frédérique Constant, Graff, Grand Seiko, IWC, Jaeger Lecoultre, Longines, Montblanc, Panerai, Patek Phillippe, Richard Mille, Rolex, Tag Heuer, Tudor, and Van Cleef & Arpels. We also carry an exclusive collection of high quality jewelry and timepieces that we design. We emphasize Birks brand jewelry offerings but also include other designer jewelry made by Chaumet, Dinh Van Paris, Graff, Marco Bicego, Messika, Roberto Coin, Van Cleef & Arpels,Vhernier and Yoko London. We also offer a variety of high quality giftware, including writing instruments made by Montblanc.

We have one primary channel of distribution, the retail division, which accounts for approximately 95% of net sales, as well as three other channels of distribution, namely e-commerce, wholesale, and gold exchange which combined to account for approximately 5% of net sales.

Product Design, Development, Sourcing and Manufacturing

We established a product development process that supports our strategy to further develop and enhance our product offering in support of the Birks brand development. During fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, approximately 46%, 45%, and 52%, respectively, of our jewelry products acquired for sale were internally designed and sourced. Products that are not designed and manufactured for us, are sourced from suppliers worldwide, enabling us to sell an assortment of fine quality merchandise often not available from other jewelers in our markets. Our staff of buyers procures distinctive high quality merchandise directly from manufacturers, diamond cutters, and other suppliers worldwide. Our loose stone acquisition team, product sourcing team and category managers specialize in sourcing merchandise in categories such as diamonds, precious gemstones, pearls, timepieces, gold jewelry, and giftware. Retail and merchandising personnel frequently visit our stores and those of competitors to compare value, selection, and service, as well as to observe client reaction to merchandise selection and determine future needs and trends.

Availability of Products

Although purchases of several critical raw materials, notably platinum, gold, silver, diamonds, pearls and gemstones, are made from a relatively limited number of sources, we believe that there are numerous alternative sources for all raw materials used in the manufacture of our finished jewelry, and that the failure of any principal supplier would not have a material adverse effect on our operations. Any material changes in foreign or domestic laws and policies affecting international trade may have a material adverse effect on the availability of the diamonds, other gemstones, precious metals and non-jewelry products we purchase. Significant changes in the availability or prices of diamonds, gemstones and precious metals we require for our products could adversely affect our earnings. We do not maintain long-term inventories or otherwise hedge a material portion of the price of raw materials. A significant increase in the price of these materials could adversely affect our net sales, gross margin and earnings. However, in the event of price increases, we will generally attempt to pass along any price increases to our customers.

In fiscal 2020, we purchased jewelry, timepieces and giftware for sale in our stores from several suppliers. Many of these suppliers have long-standing relationships with us. We compete with other jewelry and timepiece retailers for access to vendors that will provide us with the quality and quantity of merchandise necessary to operate our business. Our relationships with primary suppliers are generally not pursuant to long-term agreements. Although we believe that alternative sources of supply are available, the abrupt loss of any of our key vendors, or a decline in the quality or quantity of merchandise supplied by our vendors could cause significant disruption in our business. In fiscal 2020, merchandise supplied by our largest luxury timepiece supplier and sold through our stores accounted for approximately 20% of our total net sales. If our largest luxury timepiece supplier terminated its distribution agreements with us, such termination would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

18


Table of Contents

Seasonality

Our sales are highly seasonal, with the third fiscal quarter (which includes the holiday shopping season) historically contributing significantly higher net sales than any other quarter during the year. Net sales from continuing operations in the first, second, third and fourth quarters in fiscal 2020 were 26%, 24%, 32% and 18%, respectively, in fiscal 2019 were 25%, 21%, 33% and 21%, respectively, and in fiscal 2018 were 23%, 20%, 36% and 20% respectively.

Retail Operations, Merchandising and Marketing

General

We believe we are differentiated from most of our competitors because we offer distinctively designed, exclusive products and a selection of distinctive high quality merchandise at a wide range of price points. We keep the majority of our inventory on display in our stores rather than at our distribution facility. Although each store stocks a representative selection of jewelry, timepieces, and giftware, certain inventory is tailored to meet local tastes and historical merchandise sales patterns of specific stores.

We believe that our stores’ elegant surroundings and distinctive merchandise displays play an important role in providing an atmosphere that encourages sales. We pay careful attention to detail in the design and layout of each store, particularly lighting, colors, choice of materials, and placement of display cases. We also use window displays as a means of attracting walk-in traffic and reinforcing our distinctive image. Our Visual Display department designs and creates window and store merchandise case displays for all of our stores. Window displays are frequently changed to provide variety and to reflect seasonal events such as Christmas, Chinese New Year, Valentine’s Day, Mother’s Day and Father’s Day.

Personnel and Training

We place substantial emphasis on the professionalism of our sales force to maintain our position as a leading prestige jeweler. We strive to hire only highly motivated, professional and customer-oriented individuals. All new sales professionals attend an intensive training program where they are trained in technical areas of the jewelry and timepiece business, specific sales and service techniques and our commitment to client service. Management believes that attentive personal service and knowledgeable sales professionals are key components to our success.

As part of our commitment to continuous, on-the-job training, we have established “Birks University”, a formalized system of in-house training with a primary focus on client service, selling skills and product knowledge that involves extensive training, the use of detailed operational manuals, in-store mentorship programs and a leading edge product knowledge program which includes on-line quizzes. In addition, we conduct in-house training seminars on a periodic basis and administer training modules with audits to (i) enhance the quality and professionalism of all sales professionals, (ii) measure the level of knowledge of each sales professional, (iii) update sales professionals on changes to our credit programs available to customers and changes to applicable laws, including anti-money laundering legislation, and (iv) identify needs for additional training. We also provide all management team members with more extensive training that emphasizes leadership skills, general management skills, “on-the-job” coaching and training instruction techniques.

 

19


Table of Contents

Advertising and Promotion

One of our key marketing goals is to build on our reputation in our core markets as a leading luxury jewelry brand offering high quality merchandise in an elegant, sophisticated environment. For example, we frequently run advertisements that associate the “Birks” brand with internationally recognized brand names such as Cartier, Patek Philippe, Rolex, and Van Cleef & Arpels, among others. Advertising and promotions for all stores are developed by our personnel in conjunction with outside creative professionals.

Our advertising reinforces our role as a world-class luxury brand that aims to deliver a total shopping experience that is as memorable as our merchandise. Our marketing efforts consist of advertising campaigns on digital platforms (including on our website and on social media), billboards, print, direct mail, special events, media and public relations, distinctive store design, elegant displays, partnerships with key suppliers and associations with prestige institutions. The key goals of our marketing initiatives are to enhance customer awareness and appreciation of our retail brand, Maison Birks, as well as our Birks product brand, and to increase customer traffic, client acquisition and retention and net sales.

Credit Operations

We have a private label credit card, which is administered by a third-party financial institution that owns the credit card receivable balances. We also have a Birks proprietary credit card, which we administer. Our credit programs are intended to complement our overall merchandising and sales strategy by encouraging larger and more frequent sales to a loyal customer base. Sales under the Birks private label credit card and the Birks in-house credit card accounted for approximately 19.1% of our net sales during fiscal 2020 and 18.0% during fiscal 2019. These results reflect the launch of the Birks Prestige private label credit card program in April 2018. We have continued to implement attractive term plans during fiscal 2020 which contributes to the overall increase in net sales. Sales under the Birks private label credit cards are generally made without credit recourse to us. However, we are permitted to ask the financial institution to approve credit purchases under these private label credit cards, for which the financial institution holds credit recourses against the Company if the customer does not pay.

Distribution

Our retail locations receive the majority of their merchandise directly from our distribution warehouse located in Montreal, Québec. Merchandise is shipped from the distribution warehouse utilizing various air and ground carriers. We also transfer merchandise between retail locations to balance inventory levels and to fulfill client requests, and a portion of merchandise is delivered directly to the retail locations from suppliers.

Competition

The North American retail jewelry industry is highly competitive and fragmented, with a few very large national and international competitors and many medium and small regional and local competitors. The market is also fragmented by price and quality. Our competitors include national and international jewelry chains as well as independent regional and local jewelry and timepiece retailers. We also compete with other types of retailers such as department stores and specialty stores and, to a lesser extent, catalog showrooms, discounters, direct mail suppliers, televised home shopping networks, and pure e-commerce players. Many of these competitors have greater financial resources than we do. We believe that competition in our markets is based primarily on the total brand experience including trust, quality craftsmanship, product design and exclusivity, product selection, marketing and branding elements (including web), service excellence, including after sales service, and, to a certain extent, price. With the on-going consolidation of the retail industry, we believe that competition with other general and specialty retailers and discounters will continue to increase. Our success will depend on various factors, including general economic and business conditions affecting consumer spending, the performance of national and international retail operations, the acceptance by consumers of our merchandising and marketing programs, store locations and our ability to properly staff and manage our stores.

Regulation

Our operations are affected by numerous federal and provincial laws that impose disclosure and other requirements upon the origination, servicing and enforcement of credit accounts and limitations on the maximum amount of finance charges that may be charged by a credit provider. In addition to our private label and proprietary credit cards, credit to our clients is primarily available through third-party credit cards such as American Express®, Discover®, MasterCard®, Union Pay® and Visa®, without recourse to us in the case of a client’s failure to pay. Any change in the regulation of credit that would materially limit the availability of credit to our traditional customer base could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

We generally utilize the services of independent customs agents to comply with U.S. and Canadian customs laws in connection with our purchases of gold, diamond and other jewelry merchandise from foreign sources.

Diamonds extracted from certain regions in Africa, including Zimbabwe, that are believed to be used to fund terrorist activities, are considered conflict diamonds. We have designed a conflict minerals compliance initiative to implement a consistent, company-wide compliance process which includes:

 

   

Educating our employees and suppliers about conflict minerals;

 

   

Establishing a cross-functional management team including members of senior management and subject-matter experts from relevant functions such as supply chain, product development, merchandising, legal and finance responsible for implementing our conflict minerals compliance strategy; and

 

   

Reporting mechanisms for questions and concerns, including a toll-free confidential and anonymous hotline.

Our compliance program has been designed to conform, in all material respects, with the framework in The Organization of Economic Co-operation and Development Due Diligence Guidance for Responsible Supply Chains of Minerals from Conflict-Affected and High-Risk Areas Second Edition, and the related gold supplement for conflict minerals. In addition, we have adopted a conflict minerals policy which has been communicated to our suppliers and is included in our Merchandise Quality Manual and available on our website at www.birks.com. Our conflict mineral policy indicates that suppliers who do not comply with this policy will be reviewed and evaluated accordingly for future business and sourcing decisions.

We support the Kimberley Process, an international initiative intended to ensure diamonds are not illegally traded to fund conflict. As part of this initiative, we require our diamond suppliers to acknowledge compliance with the Kimberley Process and invoices received for diamonds purchased by us must include certification from the vendor that the diamonds and diamond containing jewelry are conflict free. Through this process and other efforts, we believe that the suppliers from whom we purchase diamonds exclude conflict diamonds from their inventories.

In August 2012, the SEC issued rules that require companies that manufacture products using certain “conflict minerals”, including gold, to determine whether those minerals originated in the Democratic Republic of Congo or adjoining countries (“DRC”). If the minerals originate in the DRC, or if companies are not able to establish where they originated, extensive disclosure regarding the sources of those minerals, and in some instances an independent audit of the supply chain, is required. We filed our seventh disclosure report on June 5, 2020 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2019. We determined that we had no reason to believe that any conflict minerals necessary to the functionality or production of our products may have originated in the DRC.

Trademarks and Copyrights

The designations Birks, and the Birks logos, are our principal trademarks and are essential to our ability to maintain our competitive position in the prestige jewelry segment. We maintain a program to protect our trademarks and will institute legal action where necessary to prevent others from either registering or using marks that are considered to create a likelihood of confusion with our trademarks. We are also the owner of the original jewelry designs created by our in-house designers and have entered into agreements with several outside designers pursuant to which these designers have assigned to us the rights to use copyrights of designs and products created for us.

Organizational Structure

Not applicable.

Properties

We lease all of our store locations as well as our corporate head office which includes a distribution center. We believe that all of our facilities are well maintained and in good condition and are adequate for our current needs.

 

21


Table of Contents

We actively review all leases that expire within the next 12 months to determine whether to renew the leases. Over the past few years we have decreased the number of stores we operate following the closure of underperforming stores. Going forward, we plan to continue to evaluate the productivity of our existing stores and close underperforming stores. In addition, we plan to continue to review opportunities to open new stores in new prime retail locations when the right opportunities exist.

Following is a listing of all our properties as of March 28, 2020:

 

     Size
(Square Feet)
    

Expiration of Lease

  

Location

Operating Stores

        

Bayshore Centre

     1,099      September 2027    Ottawa, ON

Bloor Flagship Store

     9,695      February 2034    Toronto, ON

Brinkhaus

     1,946      March 2027    Calgary, AB

Carrefour Laval

     2,545      April 2025    Laval, QC

Chinook Shopping Centre

     3,661      September 2024    Calgary, AB

Dix-30 Mall

     1,691      July 2023    Brossard, QC

Fairview Pointe-Claire

     1,450      August 2030    Pointe-Claire, QC

First Canadian Place

     2,243      August 2028    Toronto, ON

Guildford Town Centre*

     1,172      September 2027    Surrey, BC

Graff Boutique

     850      October 2028    Vancouver, BC

Mapleview Centre

     1,384      June 2023    Burlington, ON

Market Mall*

     770      November 2023    Calgary, AB

Montreal Flagship Store

     7,714      April 2032    Montreal, QC

Oakridge Shopping Centre

     2,011      September 2020    Vancouver, BC

Oshawa*

     1,043      September 2027    Oshawa, ON

Park Royal

     1,797      October 2024    West Vancouver, BC

Patek Philippe Boutique

     850      October 2028    Vancouver, BC

Place Ste-Foy

     1,472      September 2027    Ste-Foy, QC

Rideau Centre

     2,745      May 2024    Ottawa, ON

Saskatoon

     3,486      January 2022    Saskatoon, SK

Sherway Gardens

     2,726      September 2025    Etobicoke, ON

Southgate Shopping Centre

     1,300      April 2028    Edmonton, AB

Square One

     1,825      May 2024    Mississauga, ON

Toronto Dominion Square

     5,568      September 2030    Calgary, AB

Vancouver Flagship Store

     20,221      January 2026    Vancouver, BC

Victoria

     1,561      March 2022    Victoria, BC

West Edmonton Mall

     2,244      August 2024    Edmonton, AB

Willowdale Fairview Mall

     1,563      August 2029    North York, ON

Winnipeg

     3,187      February 2023    Winnipeg, MB

Yorkdale

     2,930      October 2026    Toronto, ON

Other Properties

        

Montreal corporate office

     26,423      May 2033    Montreal, QC

 

*

The lease termination date is subject to the Company’s early termination rights and could differ from the lease expiration date.

Total annual base rent for the above locations for fiscal 2020 was approximately $12.7 million.

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

 

22


Table of Contents

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following discussion includes certain forward-looking statements. For a discussion of important factors, including the continuing development of our business, actions of regulatory authorities and competitors and other factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from the results referred to in the forward-looking statements, see Item 3., “Key Information” under the heading “Risk Factors” and the discussion under the heading “Forward-Looking Information” at the beginning of this Annual Report.

Throughout this Annual Report we refer to our fiscal years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018, as fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019, and fiscal 2018, respectively. Our fiscal year ends on the last Saturday in March of each year. The financial reporting period referred to as fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 consisted of 52 weeks, respectively, while fiscal 2018 consisted of 53 weeks.

Overview

Birks Group is a leading designer of fine jewelry, timepieces and gifts and operator of luxury jewelry stores in Canada, with wholesale customers in North America and the U.K. As of March 28, 2020, we have two reportable segments, “Retail” and “Other.” Retail consists of our retail operations whereby we operate 27 stores in Canada under the Maison Birks brand, one store under the Brinkhaus brand, one store under the Graff brand, and one store under the Patek Phillippe brand. Other consists primarily of our wholesale business, our e-commerce business and our gold exchange business.

As of March 28, 2020, our retail operation’s total square footage was approximately 89,000. The average square footage of our three Maison Birks flagship stores was approximately 12,500, while the average square footage for all other Maison Birks retail stores was approximately 2,200. The average square footage of the Brinkhaus, Graff, and Patek Phillippe locations was approximately 1,200.

Significant Transaction in fiscal 2018

On August 11, 2017, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”) with Aurum Holdings Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, which assigned its rights and obligations under the Purchase Agreement to Aurum Group USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (now known as Watches of Switzerland) (“Aurum”) to sell its wholly-owned subsidiary, Mayors, which operated in Florida and Georgia and was engaged primarily in luxury timepieces and jewelry retail activities. The sale was completed on October 23, 2017 for total consideration of $135.0 million (USD$106.8 million) (the “Aurum Transaction”).

As a condition of the Aurum Transaction, Birks entered into a 5 year distribution agreement with Aurum (the “Distribution Agreement”) to sell Birks fine jewelry in the U.K. at Mappin & Webb and Goldsmiths stores and on their respective e-commerce platforms. Furthermore, pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, the Birks collections will continue to be sold in the United States through Mayors stores in Florida and Georgia.

Proceeds from the Aurum Transaction were used to pay down outstanding debt under the Company’s previous senior secured credit facilities that included term debt and working capital debt associated with Mayors. The Company did not pay dividends as a result of the Aurum Transaction, but rather, the remaining transaction proceeds were used by Birks to continue its strategic growth initiatives, specifically to invest in its Canadian flagship stores and new store concepts, as well as in its high-growth Birks brand wholesaling activities and e-commerce, as part of the Company’s omni-channel strategy.

As a result of the Aurum Transaction, the Company has presented Mayors’ results as a discontinued operation in the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for all periods presented. The tables below reconcile the Company’s results from continuing operations and from discontinuing operations for the fiscal years 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

 

23


Table of Contents
     Year ended March 28, 2020  
     Continuing      Discontinued      Combined  
   operations      operations      operations  

(in $ 000’s)

                    

Net sales

     169,420        —          169,420  

Cost of sales

     104,943        —          104,943  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     64,477        —          64,477  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     65,867        552        66,419  

Impairment of long-lived assets

     309        —          309  

Depreciation and amortization

     4,845        —          4,845  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (6,544      (552      (7,096

Interest and other financial costs

     5,683        —          5,683  

Income tax expense

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (12,227      (552      (12,779
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year ended March 30, 2019  
     Continuing      Discontinued      Combined  
   operations      Operations      operations  

(in $ 000’s)

                    

Net sales

     151,049        —          151,049  

Cost of sales

     92,472        —          92,472  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     58,577        —          58,577  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     67,106        381        67,487  

Restructuring charges

     1,182        —          1,182  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,859        —          3,859  

Impairment of long-lived assets

     46        —          46  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (13,616      (381      (13,997

Interest and other financial costs

     4,689        —          4,689  

Income tax expense

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (18,305      (381      (18,686
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents
     Year ended March 31, 2018  
     Continuing      Discontinued      Combined  
   operations      Operations*      operations  

(in $ 000’s)

                    

Net sales

     146,608        110,789        257,397  

Cost of sales

     90,915        72,615        163,530  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     55,693        38,174        93,867  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     66,754        30,902        97,656  

Restructuring charges

     894        —          894  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,264        1,674        4,938  

Impairment of long-lived assets

     2,788        —          2,788  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (18,007      5,598        (12,409

Interest and other financial costs

     3,988        3,683        7,671  

Debt extinguishment charges

     —          3,415        3,415  

Income tax expense

     —          92        92  

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

     —          (37,682      (37,682
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (21,995      36,090        14,095  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*)

The results of Mayors are included in the Company’s consolidated results for the period up to and including October 23, 2017.

Description of operations – continuing operations

Our net sales are comprised of revenues, net of discounts, in each case, excluding sales tax. Sales are recognized at the point of sale when merchandise is taken or shipped. Sales of consignment merchandise are recognized on a full retail basis at such time that the merchandise is sold. Revenues for gift certificates and store credits are recognized upon redemption. Customers use cash, debit cards, third-party credit cards, private label credit cards and proprietary credit cards to make purchases. The level of our sales is impacted by the number of transactions we generate and the size of our average sales transaction.

Our operating costs and expenses are primarily comprised of cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”). Cost of sales includes cost of merchandise, direct inbound freight and duties, direct labor related to repair services, the costs of our design and creative departments, inventory shrink, damage and obsolescence, jewelry, watch and giftware boxes, as well as product development costs. SG&A includes, among other things, all non-production payroll and benefits (including non-cash compensation expense), store and head office occupancy costs, overhead, credit card fees, information systems, professional services, consulting fees, repairs and maintenance, travel and entertainment, insurance, legal, human resources and training expenses. Occupancy, overhead and depreciation are generally less variable relative to net sales than other components of SG&A, such as credit card fees and certain elements of payroll, such as commissions. Another significant item in SG&A is marketing expenses, which include marketing, public relations and advertising costs (net of amounts received from vendors for cooperative advertising) incurred to increase customer awareness of both the Birks product brand and our third party product brands. Marketing has historically represented a significant portion of our SG&A. As a percentage of net sales, marketing expenses represented 4.4%, 5.8%, and 6.5% of sales for fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Additionally, SG&A includes indirect costs such as freight, including inter-store transfers, receiving costs, distribution costs, and warehousing costs. Depreciation and amortization includes depreciation and amortization of our stores and head office, including leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures, computer hardware and software and amortization of intangibles.

 

25


Table of Contents

Over the short-term, we will focus our efforts on those strategies and key drivers of our performance that are necessary in the current business climate, which include our ability to:

 

   

grow sales, gross margin rate and gross profits;

 

   

manage expenses and assets efficiently in order to optimize profitability and cash flow with the objective of growing earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”);

 

   

align our operations to effectively and efficiently deliver benefits to our shareholders; and

 

   

maintain flexible and cost effective sources of borrowings to finance our operations and strategies.

The on-going COVID-19 pandemic is significantly impacting our business, sales, results from operations and liquidity in the first three months of fiscal 2021. In the first 12 weeks of fiscal 2021, the Company has experienced a 76% decline in sales year-over-year due to its stores being temporarily closed as a result of local government regulations. The Company began to gradually re-open certain stores in accordance with local government regulations starting in May 2020. As of the date of this Form 20-F, 29 stores out of 30 have been re-opened, albeit at reduced operating hours and with reduced traffic levels. We expect these circumstances to have significant adverse consequences on our results of operations for the first quarter of fiscal 2021, and we believe these circumstances are likely to negatively impact future fiscal periods as disruptions and prolonged consequences associated with the COVID-19 pandemic continue.

Over the long-term, we believe that the key drivers of our performance will be our ability to:

 

   

continue to develop our Birks product brand through the expansion of all sales channels including international channels of distribution and e-commerce;

 

   

execute our merchandising strategy to increase net sales and maintain and expand gross margin by lowering discounts, developing and marketing higher margin exclusive and unique products, and further developing our internal capability to design, develop, and source products;

 

   

execute our marketing strategy to enhance customer awareness and appreciation of the Birks product brand as well as our third party product brands with an objective of maintaining and eventually increasing customer traffic, client acquisition and retention and net sales through regional, national and international advertising campaigns using digital channels (including our website), billboards, print, direct mail, magazine, in-store events, community relations, media and public relations, partnerships with key suppliers, and associations with prestige institutions;

 

   

provide a superior omni-channel client experience through consistent outstanding customer service that will ensure customer satisfaction and promote frequent customer visits, customer loyalty, and strong customer relationships;

 

   

increase our retail stores’ average retail transaction, conversion rate, productivity of our store professionals, inventory and four-wall profitability; and

 

   

recruit and retain top talent whose values are aligned with our omni-channel strategic visions.

 

26


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2020 Summary – results from continuing operations

 

   

Net sales were $169.4 million for fiscal 2020, an increase of $18.4 million, or 12.2% compared to net sales of $151.0 million in fiscal 2019. The increase in sales in fiscal 2020 was primarily driven by strong results experienced throughout the Company’s retail channel, which benefited from all three of its flagship stores operating at full capacity following the major renovations completed at the Vancouver, Toronto and Montreal locations in fiscal 2019. The increase in sales in fiscal 2020 is also reflective of a comparable store sales increase of 1.7%. This was partially offset by the negative impacts of COVID-19 disruptions in the last month of fiscal 2020 which resulted in unexpected temporary store closures and lower consumer spending;

 

   

Comparable store sales increased by 1.7% compared to the prior fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 driven primarily by increased sales of third party branded timepieces;

 

   

Gross profit was $64.5 million, or 38.1% of net sales, for fiscal 2020 compared to $58.6 million, or 38.8% of net sales, for fiscal 2019. The decrease of 70 basis points in gross margin percentage was mainly attributable to a shift in product sales mix towards branded timepieces, partially offset by a reduction in sales promotions in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 as a result of the Montreal and Toronto flagship locations being open for the complete fiscal year post-renovations;

 

   

SG&A expenses were $65.9 million, or 38.9% of net sales, in fiscal 2020 compared to $67.1 million, or 44.4% of net sales, in fiscal 2019. This decrease is driven in part by the application of cost optimization initiatives to corporate overheads undertaken in fiscal 2020, including a reduction of compensation costs as the Company further rationalized its organizational structure. Other factors contributing to this decrease include a reduction in marketing costs as the Company temporarily reallocated capital to other strategic priorities in fiscal 2020, partially offset by an increase in occupancy expenses resulting from new leases, notably at our Toronto flagship location and by higher direct variable costs driven by increased sales such as credit card transaction fees. As a percentage of sales, SG&A expenses in fiscal 2020 have decreased by 550 basis points as compared to fiscal 2019;

 

   

The Company’s fiscal 2020 reported operating loss from continuing operations was $6.5 million, a decrease of $7.1 million compared to a reported loss from continuing operations of $13.6 million for fiscal 2019. Adjusted operating loss from continuing operations (this is a non-GAAP financial measure defined below under “Non-GAAP measures” and accompanied by a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure), which excludes restructuring costs and impairment charges was $6.2 million, a decrease of $6.2 million compared to an adjusted operating loss from continuing operations of $12.4 million in fiscal 2019 (excluding restructuring costs and impairment charges);

 

   

The Company recognized a net loss for fiscal 2020 of $12.8 million, or $0.71 per share, comprised of a net loss from continuing operations of $12.2 million or $0.68 per share, and a net loss from discontinued operations of $0.6 million, or $0.03 per share, compared to a net loss in fiscal 2019 of $18.7 million, or $1.04 per share, comprised of a net loss from continuing operations of $18.3 million, or $1.02 per share, and a net loss from discontinued operations of $0.4 million or $0.02 per share.

Comparable Store Sales – from continuing operations

We use comparable store sales as a key performance measure for our business. Comparable store sales include stores open in the same period in both the current and prior year. We include our e-commerce sales in comparable store calculations. Stores enter the comparable store calculation in their thirteenth full month of operation under our ownership. Stores that have been resized and stores that are relocated are evaluated on a case-by-case basis to determine if they are functionally the same store or a new store and then are included or excluded from comparable store sales, accordingly. Comparable store sales measures the percentage change in net sales for comparable stores in a period compared to the corresponding period in the previous year. If a comparable store is not open for the entirety of both periods, comparable store sales measures the change in net sales for the portion of time that such store was open in both periods. We believe that this measure provides meaningful information on our performance and operating results. However, readers should know that this financial metric has no standardized meaning and may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies.

 

27


Table of Contents

The percentage increase (decrease) in comparable store sales for the periods presented below is as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28,
2020
    March 30,
2019
    March 31,
2018
 

Comparable store sales from continuing operations

     2     1     (4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The increase in comparable store sales of 2% in fiscal 2020 is primarily attributable to an increase in sales of third party branded watches driven by the Company’s improved portfolio and continued relationships with third party watch brands, as well as by the inclusion in the comparable store sales metric of the newly renovated Montreal flagship store which re-opened in June 2018 following extensive renovations. The increase in comparable store sales of 1% in fiscal 2019 is attributable in part by an increase in sales of Birks branded products across the retail and e-commerce channels, an increase in sales of third party branded watches driven by the Company’s improved portfolio of third party watch brands, as well as the successful execution of targeted marketing campaigns. In fiscal 2018, the decrease in comparable store sales was primarily driven by a decrease in third party branded fine jewelry and bridal offerings.

Fiscal 2020 Compared to Fiscal 2019

The following table sets forth, for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, the amounts in our consolidated statements of operations:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28,
2020
     March 30,
2019
 
     (In thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 169,420      $ 151,049  

Cost of sales

     104,943        92,472  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     64,477        58,577  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     65,867        67,106  

Depreciation and amortization

     4,845        3,859  

Impairment of long-lived assets

     309        46  

Restructuring charges

     —          1,182  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     71,021        72,193  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (6,544      (13,616

Interest and other financing costs

     5,683        4,689  

Income taxes

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations,

     (12,227      (18,305

Discontinued operations:

     

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (552      (381

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations

     (552      (381
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (12,779    $ (18,686
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Sales – from continuing operations

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28,
2020
     March 30,
2019
 
     (In thousands)  

Net sales – Retail

   $ 160,981      $ 143,499  

Net sales – Other

     8,439        7,550  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Net Sales

   $ 169,420      $ 151,049  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

28


Table of Contents

Net sales for fiscal 2020 were $169.4 million compared to $151.0 million for fiscal 2019, which is an increase of $18.4 million, or 12.2%, as compared to fiscal 2019. Net retail sales were $17.5 million greater than last year primarily driven by all three of the Company’s flagship stores operating at full capacity following the major renovations completed at the Toronto and Montreal locations in fiscal 2019, as well as by a 2% increase in comparable store sales. The increase in Net Sales – Other of $0.9 million related primarily to an increase in sales of our gold exchange program, partially offset by a decrease in e-commerce sales.

Gross Profit – from continuing operations

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28,
2020
     March 30,
2019
 
     (In thousands)  

Gross Profit – Retail

   $ 60,500      $ 57,310  

Gross Profit – Other

     3,977        1,267  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gross Profit

   $ 64,477      $ 58,577  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross profit for fiscal 2020 was $64.5 million or 38.1% of net sales, as compared to $58.6 million or 38.8% of net sales, in fiscal 2019. The decrease of 70 basis points in gross margin percentage was mainly attributable to a shift in product sales mix towards branded timepieces, partially offset by a reduction in sales promotions in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019. Gross Profit – Other for fiscal 2020 was $4.0 million compared to $1.3 million for fiscal 2019, which is an increase of $2.7 million driven by the increased sales generated by our gold exchange program, and by an increase in wholesale gross margin driven by higher pricing and a favorable product sales mix.

SG&A Expenses – from continuing operations

SG&A expenses were $65.9 million, or 38.9% of net sales, in fiscal 2020 compared to $67.1 million, or 44.4% of net sales, in fiscal 2019. This decrease is driven in part by the application of cost optimization initiatives to corporate overheads undertaken in fiscal 2020, including a reduction of compensation costs as the Company further rationalized its organizational structure. Other factors contributing to this decrease include a reduction in marketing costs as the Company temporarily reallocated capital to other strategic priorities in fiscal 2020, partially offset by an increase in occupancy expenses resulting from new leases, notably at our Toronto flagship location and by higher direct variable costs driven by increased sales such as credit card transaction fees. As a percentage of sales, SG&A expenses in fiscal 2020 have decreased by 550 basis points as compared to fiscal 2019.

Restructuring Charges – from continuing operations

There were no restructuring costs incurred in fiscal 2020. During fiscal 2019, we incurred $1.2 million of restructuring charges associated with the Company’s right-sizing initiative put in place subsequent to the Aurum Transaction, as part of the third phase of the Company’s previous restructuring plan originally put in place in July 2014. The $1.2 million of charges incurred in fiscal 2019 are primarily associated with severance costs as the Company eliminated certain head office positions to further increase efficiency and to align corporate functions with the Company’s strategic direction following the Aurum Transaction.

Depreciation and Amortization – from continuing operations

Depreciation and amortization expense during fiscal 2020 was $4.8 million compared to $3.9 million during fiscal 2019, driven by amortization on additions to property, plant and equipment.

Impairment of long-lived assets

Non-cash impairment of long-lived assets of $0.3 million in fiscal 2020 are associated to store leases that have a possibility of early lease termination. Non-cash impairment of long-lived assets in fiscal 2019 were associated with a retail location due to the projected operating performance of the location.

 

29


Table of Contents

Interest and Other Financing Costs – from continuing operations

Interest and other financing costs in fiscal 2020 were $5.7 million compared to $4.7 million in fiscal 2019, an increase of $1.0 million, driven in part by the impact of the full fiscal year of interest costs in relation the Company’s $12.5 million Term Loan that was signed in June 2018 and by an increase in the Company’s average working capital debt of approximately $11.2 million from $44.8 million during fiscal 2019 to $56.0 million during fiscal 2020.

Income Tax Expense – from continuing operations

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of March 28, 2020, the Company had no accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions due to available tax loss carry forwards. The tax years 2013 through 2020 remain open to examination in the major tax jurisdictions in which the Company operates. We have continued to record a 100% valuation allowance on the full value of the deferred tax assets generated from our continuing operations during these periods as the criteria for recognition of these assets was not met at March 28, 2020.

Fiscal 2019 Compared to Fiscal 2018

The following table sets forth, for fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, the amounts in our consolidated statements of operations:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 30,
2019
     March 31,
2018
 
     (In thousands)  

Net sales

   $ 151,049      $ 146,608  

Cost of sales

     92,472        90,915  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     58,577        55,693  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     67,106        66,754  

Restructuring charges

     1,182        894  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,859        3,264  

Impairment of long-lived assets

     46        2,788  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     72,193        73,700  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (13,616      (18,007

Interest and other financing costs

     4,689        3,988  

Income taxes

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations,

     (18,305      (21,995

Discontinued operations:

     

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (381      (1,592

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          37,682  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations

     (381      36,090  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (18,686    $ 14,095  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Sales – from continuing operations

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 30,
2019
     March 31,
2018
 
     (In thousands)  

Net sales – Retail

   $ 143,499      $ 141,607  

Net sales – Other

     7,550        5,001  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Net Sales

   $ 151,049      $ 146,608  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

30


Table of Contents

Net sales for fiscal 2019 were $151.0 million compared to $146.6 million for fiscal 2018, which is an increase of $4.4 million, or 3.0%, as compared to fiscal 2018. Net retail sales were $1.9 million greater than last year primarily driven by the re-opening of the Montreal flagship store in June 2018 as well as by a 1% increase in comparable store sales. The increase in Net Sales – Other of $2.5 million related primarily to an increase in e-commerce sales of $1.7 million driven by increased traffic to the Company’s updated website.

Gross Profit – from continuing operations

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 30,
2019
     March 31,
2018
 
     (In thousands)  

Gross Profit – Retail

   $ 57,310      $ 53,655  

Gross Profit – Other

     1,267        2,038  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Gross Profit

   $ 58,577      $ 55,693  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross profit for fiscal 2019 was $58.6 million, or 38.8% of net sales, as compared to $55.7 million, or 38.0% of net sales, in fiscal 2018. The increase of 80 basis points in gross margin percentage was mainly attributable to product sales mix and a reduction in sales promotions in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 during which the Company was engaged in more promotional activity as a result of the Montreal and Toronto flagship locations undergoing major renovations during the fiscal year. Gross Profit – Other for fiscal 2019 was $1.3 million compared to $2.0 million for fiscal 2018, which is a decrease of $0.7 million as compared to fiscal 2018 driven by an increase in sales promotional activity during the period.

SG&A Expenses – from continuing operations

In fiscal 2019, SG&A expenses were $67.1 million or 44.4% of net sales, compared to $66.8 million or 45.6% of net sales in fiscal 2018. This nominal increase is driven in part by higher direct variable costs driven by increased sales, such as sales commissions and credit card transaction fees, as well as by higher occupancy costs resulting from new leases, notably at our Toronto flagship location. As a percentage of sales, SG&A expenses in fiscal 2019 have decreased by 110 basis points as compared to fiscal 2018.

Restructuring Charges – from continuing operations

During fiscal 2019, we incurred $1.2 million of restructuring charges associated with the Company’s right-sizing initiative put in place subsequent to the Aurum Transaction, compared to $0.9 million in fiscal 2018 as part of the third phase of the Company’s previous restructuring plan originally put in place in July 2014. The $1.2 million of charges incurred in fiscal 2019 are primarily associated with severance costs as the Company eliminated certain head office positions to further increase efficiency and to align corporate functions with the Company’s strategic direction following the Aurum Transaction. In July 2014, the Company announced an operational restructuring plan to reduce corporate overhead costs, improve profitability and drive efficiency within the organization. The restructuring plan included consolidating most of the Company’s corporate administrative workforce from its former regional office in Tamarac, Florida to its Montreal corporate head office as well as the outsourcing of a portion of our jewelry manufacturing and other corporate head office staff reductions. The first and second phases of this previous restructuring plan were rolled out during fiscal years 2015, 2016 and 2017. In fiscal 2018, the Company implemented the third phase of the operational restructuring plan, incurring restructuring charges of approximately $0.9 million, primarily associated with severance.

 

31


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization – from continuing operations

Depreciation and amortization expense during fiscal 2019 was $3.9 million compared to $3.3 million during fiscal 2018, driven by amortization on additions to property, plant and equipment.

Impairment of long-lived assets

Non-cash impairment of long-lived assets in fiscal 2019 are associated with a retail location due to the projected operating performance of the location, and non-cash impairment of long-lived assets in fiscal 2018 are associated with a retail location due to the projected operating performance of the location and software impairment associated with a decision to modify the scope of the implementation of the Company’s new ERP.

Interest and Other Financing Costs – from continuing operations

Interest and other financing costs in fiscal 2019 were $4.7 million compared to $4.0 million in fiscal 2018, an increase of $0.7 million driven primarily by the impact of the Company’s $12.5 million Term Loan signed in June 2018 and by an increase in the Company’s working capital debt of approximately $10.1 million from $36.9 million as of March 31, 2018 to $47.0 million as of March 30, 2019. The increase in working capital and term debt balances are driven primarily by the Company’s extensive investments in the renovation of its retail network, and particularly its Montreal, Vancouver and Toronto flagship locations during fiscal 2019.

Income Tax Expense – from continuing operations

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of March 30, 2019, the Company had no accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions due to available tax loss carry forwards. The tax years 2012 through 2019 remain open to examination in the major tax jurisdictions in which the Company operates. We have continued to record a 100% valuation allowance on the full value of the deferred tax assets generated from our continuing operations during these periods as the criteria for recognition of these assets was not met at March 30, 2019.

NON-GAAP MEASURES

The Company reports financial information in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company’s performance is monitored and evaluated using various sales and earnings measures that are adjusted to include or exclude amounts from the most directly comparable GAAP measure (“non-GAAP measures”). The Company presents such non-GAAP measures in reporting its financial results to investors and other external stakeholders to provide them with useful complimentary information which will allow them to evaluate the Company’s operating results using the same financial measures and metrics used by the Company in evaluating performance. The Company does not, nor does it suggest that investors and other external stakeholders should, consider non-GAAP measures in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures presented by other companies.

 

32


Table of Contents

Adjusted operating expenses and adjusted operating loss

The Company evaluates its operating earnings performance using financial measures which exclude expenses associated with operational restructuring plans and impairment losses. The Company believes that such measures provide useful supplemental information with which to assess the Company’s results relative to the corresponding period in the prior year and can result in a more meaningful comparison of the Company’s performance between the periods presented. The table below provides a reconciliation of the non-GAAP measures presented to the most directly comparable financial measures calculated with GAAP.

 

Reconciliation of non-GAAP measures    Fiscal year ended March 28, 2020  

($‘000)

   GAAP
Measure
    Restructuring
costs (a)
     Impairment
of long lived
assets (b)
     Non-GAAP
Adjusted
Measure
 

Total operating expenses and total adjusted operating expenses – from continuing operations

     71,021       —          (309      70,712  

as a % of net sales from continuing operations

     41.9           41.7

Operating loss and adjusted operating loss – from continuing operations

     (6,544     —          309        (6,235

as a % of net sales from continuing operations

     (3.9 )%            (3.7 )% 

 

Reconciliation of non-GAAP measures    Fiscal year ended March 30, 2019  

($‘000)

   GAAP
Measure
    Restructuring
costs (a)
     Impairment
of long lived
assets (b)
     Non-GAAP
Adjusted
Measure
 

Total operating expenses and total adjusted operating expenses – from continuing operations

     72,193       (1,182      (46      70,965  

as a % of net sales from continuing operations

     47.8           47.0

Operating loss and adjusted operating loss – from continuing operations

     (13,616     1,182        46        (12,388

as a % of net sales from continuing operations

     (9.0 )%            (8.2 )% 

 

Reconciliation of non-GAAP measures    Fiscal year ended March 31, 2018  

($‘000)

   GAAP
Measure
    Restructuring
costs (a)
     Impairment
of long
lived assets
(b)
     Non-GAAP
Adjusted
Measure
 

Total operating expenses and total adjusted operating expenses – from continuing operations

     73,700       (894      (2,788      70,018  

as a % of net sales from continuing operations

     50.3           47.8

Operating loss and adjusted operating loss – from continuing operations

     (18,007     894        2,788        (14,325

as a % of net sales from continuing operations

     (12.3 )%            (9.8 )% 

 

(a)

Expenses associated with the Company’s operational restructuring plan.

(b)

Non-cash impairment of long-lived assets in fiscal 2020 related to leasehold improvements that are associated to store leases that have a possibility of early lease termination. Non-cash impairment of long-lived assets in fiscal 2019 relate to leasehold improvements that are associated with a retail location due to the projected operating performance of the location. Non-cash impairment of long-lived assets in fiscal 2018 related to leasehold improvements are associated with a retail location due to the projected operating performance of the location and software impairment associated with a decision to modify the scope of the implementation of the Company’s new ERP.

 

33


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s ability to fund its operations and meet its cash flow requirements is dependent upon its ability to maintain positive excess availability under the Company’s Credit Facility. As of March 28, 2020, bank indebtedness consisted solely of amounts owing under the Company’s Credit Facility, which had an outstanding balance of $58.0 million ($58.4 million net of $0.4 million of deferred financing costs) on its maximum $85.0 million credit facility, which is used to finance working capital and capital expenditures, provide liquidity to fund the Company’s day-to-day operations and for other general corporate purposes. The sole financial covenant which the Company is required to adhere to under both its Credit Facility and its Term Loan is to maintain minimum excess availability of not less than $8.5 million at all times, except that the Company shall not be in breach of this covenant if excess availability falls below $8.5 million for not more than two consecutive business days once during any fiscal month. In the event that excess availability falls below the minimum requirement, this would be considered an event of default under the Credit Facility and Term Loan, that could result in the outstanding balances borrowed under the Company’s Credit Facility and Term Loan becoming due immediately, which would also result in cross defaults on the Company’s other borrowings. Similarly, both the Company’s Credit Facility and Term Loan are subject to cross default provisions with all other loans pursuant to which the Company is in default of any other loan, the Company will immediately be in default of both the Credit Facility and Term Loan. The Company met its excess availability requirements throughout fiscal 2020. In addition, the Company expects to have excess availability of at least $8.5 million for at least the next twelve months.

On October 23, 2017, in connection with the closing of the Aurum Transaction, the Company entered into a Credit Facility with Wells Fargo Canada Corporation for a maximum amount of $85.0 million. The Credit Facility, which matures in October 2022, also provides the Company with an option to increase the total commitments thereunder by up to $13.0 million. The Company will only have the ability to exercise this accordion option if it has the required borrowing capacity at such time. The Credit Facility bears interest at a rate of CDOR plus a spread ranging from 1.5% - 3.0% depending on the Company’s excess availability levels. Under the Credit Facility, the sole financial covenant which the Company is required to adhere to is to maintain minimum excess availability of not less than $8.5 million at all times, except that the Company shall not be in breach of this covenant if excess availability falls below $8.5 million for not more than two consecutive business days once during any fiscal month. The Company’s excess availability was above $8.5 million throughout fiscal 2020.

On June 29, 2018, the Company secured a $12.5 million Term Loan with Crystal Financial LLC (“Crystal”). The Term Loan, which matures in October 2022, is subordinated in lien priority to the Credit Facility and bears interest at a rate of CDOR plus 8.25%. Under the Term Loan, the Company is required to adhere to a similar financial covenant as under the Credit Facility (maintain minimum excess availability of not less than $8.5 million at all times, except that the Company shall not be in breach of this covenant if excess availability falls below $8.5 million for not more than two consecutive business days once during any fiscal month). In addition, the Term Loan includes seasonal availability blocks imposed from December 20th to January 20th of each year of $9.5 million and from January 21st to February 20th of each year of $4.5 million. The Term Loan is required to be repaid upon maturity.

The Company’s borrowing capacity under both the Credit Facility and the Term Loan is based upon the value of the Company’s inventory and accounts receivable, which is periodically assessed by its lenders, and based upon these reviews the Company’s borrowing capacity could be significantly increased or decreased.

 

34


Table of Contents

The Credit Facility and Term Loan also contain limitations on the Company’s ability to pay dividends, more specifically, among other limitations, the Company can pay dividends only at certain excess borrowing capacity thresholds. The Company is required to either i) maintain excess availability of at least 40% of the borrowing base in the month preceding payment or ii) maintain excess availably of at least 25% of the borrowing base and maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.10 to 1.00. Other than these financial covenants related to paying dividends, the terms of the Credit Facility and Term Loan provide that no financial covenants are required to be met other than already described.

The Company’s ability to make scheduled payments of principal, or to pay the interest, or to fund planned capital expenditures will also depend on its ability to maintain adequate levels of available borrowing, obtain favorable payment terms from suppliers and its future performance, which may be subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors, as well as other events that are beyond the Company’s control. Such events include the potential impacts to our ability to generate cash from operations as a result of the on-going COVID-19 pandemic. See “Risk Factors” for additional information.

The Company continues to be actively engaged in identifying alternative sources of financing that include raising additional funds through public or private equity, the disposal of assets, and debt financing, including funding from government sources. The incurrence of additional indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that could restrict the Company’s operations. Financing may be unavailable in amounts or on terms acceptable to the Company if at all, which may have a material adverse impact on its business, including its ability to continue as a going concern.

The Company’s lenders under its Credit Facility and Term Loan may impose, at any time, discretionary reserves, which would lower the level of borrowing availability under the Company’s credit facilities (customary for asset-based loans), at their reasonable discretion, to: i) ensure that the Company maintain adequate liquidity for the operation of its business, ii) cover any deterioration in the value of the collateral, and iii) reflect impediments to the lenders to realize upon the collateral. There is no limit to the amount of discretionary reserves that the Company’s lenders may impose at their reasonable discretion. No discretionary reserves have been imposed since the inception of the Credit Facility and the Term Loan on October 23, 2017 and June 29, 2018, respectively.

 

35


Table of Contents

Borrowings under our Credit Facility for the periods indicated in the table below were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28,
2020
    March 30,
2019
 
     (In thousands)  

Credit facility availability

   $ 70,916     $ 61,449  

Amount borrowed at year end

   $ 58,035     $ 47,021  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Excess borrowing capacity at year end (before minimum threshold)

   $ 12,881     $ 14,428  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average outstanding balance during the year – continuing operations

   $ 56,001     $ 44,772  

Average excess borrowing capacity during the year – continuing operations

   $ 14,144     $ 15,816  

Maximum borrowing outstanding during the year – continuing operations

   $ 64,702     $ 55,596  

Minimum excess borrowing capacity during the year – continuing operations

   $ 9,648     $ 9,716  

Weighted average interest rate for year

     4.2     3.9

 

The increase in average outstanding debt on the Company’s revolving line of credit of $11.2 million from $44.8 million in fiscal 2019 to $56.0 million in fiscal 2020 is primarily derived from the Company’s loss from continuing operations during fiscal 2020. Refer to “Cash Flows from Operating, Investing and Financing Activities – from continuing operations” section below.

Investissement Québec

On June 5, 2019, the Company repaid the outstanding balances on its prior term loans from Investissement Québec, namely its $5 million term loan ($0.6 million outstanding balance as at March 30, 2019) and $2 million term loan ($0.3 million outstanding balance as at March 30, 2019).

On July 8, 2020, the Company secured a new four-year term loan with Investissement Québec in the amount of $10.0 million. The loan bears an interest rate of 3.14% per annum and is repayable in 36 equal payments beginning in July 2021. The term loan with Investissement Québec requires the Company on an annual basis to have a working capital ratio (defined as current assets divided by current liabilities excluding the current portion of operating lease liabilities) of at least 1.01. On July 8, 2020, the Company obtained a waiver from Investissement Québec with respect to the requirement to meet the working capital ratio for fiscal 2021. The secured term loan is being used to fund the working capital needs of the Company.

Other Financing

As of March 28, 2020, we had a balance of $2.1 million (USD $1.5 million) outstanding from an original $6.7 million (USD $5.0 million) cash advance from one of our controlling shareholders, Montel. This advance is payable upon demand by Montel once conditions stipulated in our Credit Facility permit such a payment. The conditions that are required to be met are the same as those that are required to be met for the Company to pay dividends (outlined in above section).This advance bears an annual interest rate of 11%, net of any withholding taxes, representing an effective interest rate of approximately 12.2%.

As of March 28, 2020, we had a balance of $1.8 million (USD $1.25 million) outstanding from an original $3.4 million (USD $2.5 million) loan from Montel. The loan bears interest at an annual rate of 11%, net of withholding taxes, representing an effective interest rate of approximately 12.2%. In May 2019, Montel granted the Company a one year extension of the term of the outstanding balance of $1.8 million (USD $1.25 million) which was scheduled to be fully repaid in July 2020. In December 2019, the Company obtained a new one-year moratorium on principal payments and such loan was scheduled to be fully repaid in December 2020. On June 30, 2020, the Company obtained a new moratorium on the principal repayment, and the loan will become due on the earlier of August 31, 2021 and 10 days following a liquidity event, subject to the approval by its senior secured lenders and the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

36


Table of Contents

Cash Flows from Operating, Investing and Financing Activities – from continuing operations

The following table summarizes cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities:

 

(in thousands)    Fiscal
2020
     Fiscal
2019
     Fiscal
2018
 

Net cash provided by (used in):

        

Operating activities

   $ (3,808    $ (4,340    $ (19,748

Investing activities

     (6,432      (13,611      (8,707

Financing activities

     10,178        18,506        (22,104

Net cash provided by discontinued operations:

     (552      (381      49,529  

Effect of changes in exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents

     —          —          (565
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (614    $ 174      $ (1,595
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities from continuing operations was $3.8 million in fiscal 2020 as compared to $4.3 million in fiscal 2019. The $0.5 million increase in cash flows related to operating activities from continuing operations was primarily the result of a $6.1 million decrease in net loss from continuing operations in fiscal 2020 versus fiscal 2019, a $1.0 million increase in the level of depreciation and amortization in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019, a $2.3 million increase in the level of amortization of operating lease right of use assets in fiscal 2020 versus fiscal 2019, and a $0.1 million net increase in other adjustments to operating activities, partially offset by $9.0 million of cash used by working capital. The $9.0 million of cash used by working capital was due to an increase in accounts receivable and long-term accounts receivable of $6.8 million driven by increased sales as well as by an increase in the penetration of the in-house credit program, an increase in inventory of $3.6 million driven by increased sales as well as by an increase in inventory purchased with extended payment terms, an increase in the net change of prepaids and other assets of $2.7 million primarily due to the decrease in prepaid inventories in fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2020, partially offset by a net increase in accounts payable accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities of $4.1 million primarily driven by the increase in inventory.

Net cash used in operating activities from continuing operations was $4.3 million in fiscal 2019 as compared to $19.7 million in fiscal 2018. The $15.4 million increase in cash flows related to operating activities from continuing operations was primarily the result of a $3.7 million decrease in net loss from continuing operations in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018, a $5.9 million decrease in the level of prepaids and other current assets during fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018, a $4.3 million decrease in the level of accounts receivable during fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018, a $4.8 million increase in the level of accounts payable during fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018, a $5.2 million increase in the level of other long-term liabilities and accrued liabilities during fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 and a $1.0 million increase in depreciation and amortization and other operating activities in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018, partially offset by a $2.7 million reduction in non-cash impairment of long-lived assets in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 and by a $6.8 million increase in the level of inventories in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018.

During fiscal 2020, net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $6.4 million compared to $13.6 million used during fiscal 2019. The $7.2 million decrease in net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was primarily attributable to a decrease in capital expenditures in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 and lower additions to intangible assets related to our ERP project in fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019.

During fiscal 2019, net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was $13.6 million compared to $8.7 million used during fiscal 2018. The $4.9 million increase in net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations was primarily attributable to an increase in capital expenditures in relation to the major renovations of our flagship stores over fiscal 2018.

 

37


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by financing activities from continuing operations was $10.2 million in fiscal 2020, as compared to $18.5 million during fiscal 2019. The $8.3 million decrease in cash flows from financing activities was primarily due to a decrease in cash inflows from entering into the Term Loan of $12.5 million in June 2018, partially offset by an increase in bank indebtedness of $0.7 million in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019, lower long-term debt repayments of $2.3 million in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019, a decrease in the payment of loan origination fees of $0.6 million in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019, and an increase in leasehold inducement received of $0.6 million in fiscal 2020, compared to nil in fiscal 2019.

Net cash provided by financing activities from continuing operations was $18.5 million in fiscal 2019, as compared to $22.1 million of cash flows used in financing activities from continuing operations during fiscal 2018. The $40.6 million increase in cash flows related to financing activities from continuing operations was primarily due to an increase in bank indebtedness of $10.1 million in fiscal 2019 as compared to a decrease in bank indebtedness of $20.8 million in fiscal 2018, an increase of long-term debt levels of $8.7 million, as well as a net decrease of $4.3 million in repayment of long-term debt in fiscal 2019 versus fiscal 2018, partially offset by an advance from shareholder of $3.2 million in fiscal 2018 compared to nil in fiscal 2019, respectively.

Net cash used in discontinued operations amounted to $0.6 million in fiscal 2020 compared to $0.4 million in fiscal 2019 as a result of certain Mayors’ related costs that the Company incurred in fiscal 2020, compared to transaction related costs, net of recovery of expenses received as part of the transition service agreement with Aurum in fiscal 2019.

The following table details capital expenditures in fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28,
2020
     March 30,
2019
     March 31,
2018
 
     (In thousands)  

Leasehold improvements

   $ 1,518      $ 6,593      $ 4,848  

Electronic equipment, computer hardware and software

     1,165        1,774        3,491  

Furniture and fixtures and equipment

     73        6,166        2,004  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital expenditures (1)

   $ 2,756      $ 14,533      $ 10,343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes capital expenditures financed by finance leases (referred to as capital leases in fiscal years 2019 and prior due to the adoption of ASU 2017-02 – Leases, Topic 842) of nil in fiscal 2020, nil in fiscal 2019, and $1.1 million in fiscal 2018 as well as capital expenditures included in accounts payable of $0.6 million as of March 28, 2020, $3.7 million as of March 30, 2019, and $3.1 million as of March 31, 2018. .

In the last three fiscal years, we invested a total of approximately $27.6 million in capital expenditures primarily associated with the remodeling of our existing store network including the completion of major transformative renovations at our three flagship locations in Montreal (completed in June 2018), Vancouver (completed in February 2019) and Toronto (completed in March 2019) as well as the opening of our Graff and Patek Philippe boutiques in Vancouver (completed in December 2018), the opening of Market Mall in Calgary (completed in November 2019), the remodeling of the Willowdale location in Toronto (completed in September of 2019) and an on-going enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) implementation.

In the current fiscal year, the Company transitioned out of a very capital-intensive period which lasted from fiscal 2017 to fiscal 2019 during which we implemented our growth-driven strategic objectives of remodeling our retail network including our flagship locations. The capital intensive spending period resulted in temporarily lower sales and contribution margin at the flagship locations under renovation, with a view to generate future long-term returns for the Company. Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic and forced store closures beginning in March2020, the Company experienced a return to normal selling conditions during fiscal 2020. We currently expect to invest a significantly lower amount in capital expenditures in fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2022 as we focus solely on operations and on delivering a return on our strategic investment spending during the period from fiscal 2017 to fiscal 2019. In fiscal 2021, the Company expects to spend approximately $2.3 million in capital expenditures, primarily related to store remodels and a store relocation.

 

38


Table of Contents

We expect to finance these capital expenditures from operating cash flows, and existing financing arrangements including tenant allowances from our landlords. Such planned capital expenditures could be delayed in the event of prolonged COVID-19 impacts on the Company’s operations and financial condition.

Maintenance of sufficient availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed financing is necessary for us to fund our day-to-day operations. Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal, or to pay the interest or additional interest, if any, or to fund planned capital expenditures and store operations will depend on our ability to maintain adequate levels of available borrowing, obtain favorable payment terms from suppliers and our future performance, which may be subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors, as well as other events that are beyond our control. We believe that we currently have sufficient working capital to fund our operations. This belief is based on certain assumptions about the state of the economy, the availability of borrowings to fund our operations and estimates of projected operating performance and our assumptions regarding the extent and duration of the outbreak and the effects therefrom. To the extent that the economy and other conditions affecting our business are significantly worse than we anticipate, we may not achieve our projected level of financial performance and we may determine that we do not have sufficient capital to fund our operations. See “Risk Factors” for additional information.

The Company believes that it will be able to adequately fund its operations and meet its cash flow requirements for at least the next twelve months. The going concern basis of presentation assumes that the Company will continue its operations for the foreseeable future and be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The financial statements do not reflect adjustments that would be necessary if the going concern assumption was not appropriate.

Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

None.

Trend Information

During fiscal 2020, we started to benefit from the positive impacts of our major renovations to our flagship locations in Montreal, Toronto and Vancouver which took place in fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019. The fact that these flagship stores were fully operational for the complete year in fiscal 2020, prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, had a significant positive impact on customer experience, customer acquisition and retention, foot traffic, and on sales during the fiscal year. We also benefited from our improved assortment of third party branded watches across our retail network and e-commerce channel.

We continue to successfully pursue our strategy to develop the Birks product brand and in fiscal 2020, we launched several new collections. In addition, we continued to pursue our strategies to enhance our customers’ in-store experience, which includes the remodeling of our retail network with the goal of providing our clients with an engaging purchasing experience.

Our gross profit margin from continuing operations has declined over the past five years primarily due to changes in our product sales mix and the increased efforts over the past years to more quickly and aggressively sell through slow moving and discontinued product brands in an effort to improve the productivity and turnover of our inventory. Going forward, we believe that our gross profit margin will stabilize and begin to increase as we continue to promote the development of the Birks product brand which we expect will provide us with higher gross profit margins. We plan to continue to expand our wholesale business through which we distribute Birks branded products to other retailers, and which we believe will be a significant contributor towards growing our gross profit margins. Furthermore, we also intend to continue to execute our merchandising strategy to expand gross margins by developing and marketing exclusive and unique third-party branded products with higher margins.

 

39


Table of Contents

Over the past few years we have decreased the number of stores we operate following the closure of underperforming stores. Going forward, we plan to continue to evaluate the productivity of our existing stores and close underperforming stores. In addition, we plan to continue to review opportunities to open new stores in new prime retail locations when the right opportunities exist. Increased competition for space in Canada continued to put pressure on occupancy costs and space retention for key locations. In fiscal 2020, we finalized the renovation of one location in Toronto and opened a new store in Calgary. Moreover, we plan to continue to invest in our website and e-commerce platform to bolster our online distribution channel which represents an area of focus for us going forward.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

From time to time, we guarantee a portion of our private label credit card sales to our credit card vendor. As of March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, the amount guaranteed under such arrangements was approximately $3.4 million and $5.8 million, respectively. The bad debt experienced under these guarantees has not been material. See Note 14(b) to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for additional discussion. We had no other off-balance sheet arrangements as of March 28, 2020.

Commitments and Contractual Obligations

The following table discloses aggregate information about our contractual cash obligations as of March 28, 2020 and the periods in which payments are due:

 

     Payments due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     2-3 Years      4-5 Years      More than
5 Years
 
     (In thousands)  

Contractual Obligations

              

Debt maturities(1)

   $ 74,401      $ —        $ 72,292      $ —        $ 2,109  

Finance lease obligations

     187        64        103        20        —    

Other long-term liabilities(2)

     1,727        104        1,237        66        320  

Interest on long-term debt(3)

     3,778        1,754        1,327        465        232  

Operating lease obligations(4)

     127,681        13,399        27,075        25,085        62,122  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 207,774      $ 15,321      $ 102,034      $ 25,636      $ 64,783  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes bank indebtedness in the 2-3 year category to reflect the current expiration date of the line of credit.

(2)

The amount of less than one year is recorded within accrued liabilities.

(3)

Excludes interest payments on amounts outstanding under our credit facility as the outstanding amounts fluctuate based on our working capital needs. Interest expense on other variable rate long-term debts was calculated assuming the rates in effect at March 28, 2020.

(4)

The operating lease obligations do not include insurance, taxes and common area maintenance (CAM) charges to which we are obligated. CAM charges were $2.0 million in fiscal 2020, $1.8 million in fiscal 2019, and $1.9 million in fiscal 2018.

In addition to the above and as of March 28, 2020, we had $0.9 million of outstanding letters of credit.

On July 8, 2020, the Company secured a new four-year term loan with Investissement Québec in the amount of $10.0 million. The loan bears an interest rate of 3.14% per annum and is repayable in 36 equal payments beginning in July 2021. This is not reflected in the above table. The term loan with Investissement Québec requires the Company to maintain on an annual basis a working capital ratio (defined as current assets divided by current liabilities excluding the current portion of operating lease liabilities) of at least 1.01 On July 8, 2020, the Company obtained a waiver from Investissement Québec with respect to the requirement to meet the working capital ratio at March 31, 2021. The secured term loan is being used to fund the working capital needs of the Company.

On June 30, 2020, the Company obtained a new moratorium on principal repayments associated to the loan from its controlling shareholder, Montel, of USD$1.25 million (approximately $1.75 million in Canadian dollars), as such the loan will become due on the earlier of August 31, 2021 and 10 days following a liquidity event, subject to the approval by its senior secured lenders and the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

40


Table of Contents

Leases

The Company leases office, distribution, and retail facilities. Certain retail store leases may require the payment of minimum rentals and contingent rent based on a percentage of sales exceeding a stipulated amount. The Company’s lease agreements expire at various dates through 2034, are subject, in many cases, to renewal options and provide for the payment of taxes, insurance and maintenance. Certain leases contain escalation clauses resulting from the pass through of increases in operating costs, property taxes and the effect on costs from changes in consumer price indices, which are considered as variable costs.

The Company determines its lease payments based on predetermined rent escalations, rent-free periods and other incentives. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the related terms of such leases, including any rent-free period and beginning from when the Company takes possession of the leased facility. Variable operating lease expenses, including contingent rent based on a percentage of sales, CAM charges, rent related taxes, mall advertising and adjustments to consumer price indices, are recorded in the period such amounts and adjustments are determined. Lease terms occasionally include renewal options for additional periods of up to 6 years. The Company uses judgment when assessing the renewal options in the leases and assesses whether or not it is reasonably certain to exercise these renewal options if they are within the control of the Company. Any renewal options not reasonably certain to be exercised are excluded from the lease term. There is generally no readily determinable discount rate implicit in the Company’s leases. Accordingly, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate for a term that corresponds to the applicable lease term in order to measure its lease liabilities and has elected to use such rates based on lease terms remaining as of March 31, 2019 and any new leases entered into thereafter.

The amounts of the Company’s operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and current operating lease liabilities are presented separately on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 28, 2020. Substantially all of the Company’s leases are operating leases as of March 28, 2020. The Company records lease expenses within selling, general and administrative expenses. The Company monitors for events or changes in circumstances that require a reassessment of one of its leases. ROU assets, as part of the group of assets, are periodically reviewed for impairment. The Company uses the long-lived assets impairment guidance in ASC Subtopic 360-10, Property, Plant and Equipment – Overall, to determine whether an ROU asset is impaired, and if so, the amount of the impairment loss to recognize.

Payments arising from operating lease activity, as well as variable and short-term lease payments not included within the operating lease liability, are included as operating activities on the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows. Operating lease payments representing costs to ready an asset for its intended use (i.e. leasehold improvements) are represented within investing activities within the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flow.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions about future events and their impact on amounts reported in the financial statements and related notes. Since future events and their impact cannot be determined with certainty, the actual results may differ from those estimates. These estimates and assumptions are evaluated on an on-going basis and are based on historical experience and on various factors that are believed to be reasonable. We have identified certain critical accounting policies as noted below.

Going concern assumption

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. The going concern basis of presentation assumes that the Company will continue its operations for the foreseeable future and be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. In evaluating our ability to continue as a going concern, we are required to determine whether we have the ability to fund our operations and meet our cash flow requirements. This evaluation requires us to estimate and forecast our cash flows for at least the next twelve months from the date the financial statements were authorized for issuance. Significant estimates that have the greatest impact on our analysis include our estimate of sales, gross margins and expenses, estimates of collateral values performed by our lenders throughout the year which could increase or decrease our availability under our senior secured credit facility, estimates of forecasted working capital levels, timing of inventory acquisitions, vendor terms and payments, interest rate and foreign exchange rate assumptions.

 

41


Table of Contents

Furthermore, we have also made judgments on whether any reserves would be imposed by our senior secured lenders. In addition, we also had to consider how the effects of COVID-19 impacts our ability to forecast various assumptions and how it may impact our liquidity. The uncertainties around COVID-19 and related regulations, responses, and economic uncertainty have led us to consider other future scenarios in our analysis. Significant variances from our assumptions used in preparing our going concern analysis could significantly impact our ability to meet our projected cash flows. Our ability to meet our projected cash flows could also be impacted if our senior secured lenders impose additional restrictions on our ability to borrow on our collateral or if we do not adhere to the applicable financial covenant under our Credit Facility and Term Loan, which would be considered an event of default.

The Company funds its operations primarily through committed financing under its Credit Facility and Term Loan described in Note 7 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this 20-F. The Credit Facility along with the Term Loan are used to finance working capital, finance capital expenditures, provide liquidity to fund the Company’s day-to-day operations and for other general corporate purposes. The Company’s ability to meet its cash flow requirements in order to fund its operations is dependent upon its ability to attain profitable operations, obtain favorable payment terms from suppliers, as well as specified excess availability levels under its Credit Facility and its Term Loan. The sole financial covenant which the Company is required to adhere to under both Credit Facility and its Term Loan is to maintain minimum excess availability of not less than $8.5 million at all times, except that the Company shall not be in breach of this covenant if excess availability falls below $8.5 million for not more than two consecutive business days once during any fiscal month. In the event that excess availability falls below the minimum requirement, this would be considered an event of default under the Credit Facility and under the Term Loan, that could result in the outstanding balances borrowed under the Company’s Credit Facility and Term Loan becoming due immediately, which would result in cross defaults on the Company’s other borrowings. The Company met its excess availability requirement as of and throughout the year ended March 28, 2020 and as of the date the financial statements were authorized for issuance, and expects to have excess availability of at least $8.5 million for at least the next twelve months.

The term loan with Investissement Québec requires the Company to maintain on an annual basis a working capital ratio (defined as current assets divided by current liabilities excluding the current portion of operating lease liabilities) of at least 1.01). On July 8, 2020, the Company obtained a waiver from Investissement Québec with respect to the requirement to meet the working capital ratio at March 31, 2021.

Refer to note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Allowance for inventory shrink and slow moving inventory

The allowance for inventory shrink is estimated for the period from the last physical inventory date to the end of the reporting period on a store by store basis and at our distribution centers. The shrink rate from the most recent physical inventory, in combination with historical experience, is the basis for providing a shrink allowance.

We write down inventory for estimated slow moving inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based on assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 (s) to the consolidated financial statements included in this Form 20-F.

Safe Harbor

See section entitled “Forward-Looking Information” at the beginning of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

42


Table of Contents

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and directors, and their respective ages and positions as of July 6, 2020. At the commencement of fiscal year 2020, the Company had five executive officers. During the fiscal year 2020, the two following executive officers ceased to be executive officers of the Company: (i) Aurélie Pepion, our former Vice President, Omni-Channel Sales, Operations and Marketing, who left the Company on September 6, 2019 and (ii) Pasquale (Pat) Di Lillo, our former Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, who left the Company on January 17, 2020. Lanita Layton, our Vice President, Chief Omni-Channel Sales and Marketing Officer and Katia Fontana, our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, joined the Company on October 8, 2019 and January 13, 2020, respectively. The Company recently implemented a senior management reorganization thereby eliminating the position of Vice President, Chief Omni-Channel Sales and Marketing Officer, held by Ms. Lanita Layton, effective July 3, 2020.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Niccolò Rossi di Montelera

     47      Executive Chairman of the Board & Director

Jean-Christophe Bédos

     55      President, Chief Executive Officer & Director

Davide Barberis Canonico

     54      Director

Shirley A. Dawe

     73      Director

Frank Di Tomaso

     73      Director

Louis L. Roquet

     77      Director

Joseph F.X Zahra

     64      Director

Katia Fontana

     50      Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Maryame El Bouwab

     42      Vice President, Merchandising, Planning and Supply Chain

Miranda Melfi

     56      Vice President, Human Resources, Chief Legal Officer & Corporate Secretary

Directors

Niccolò Rossi di Montelera, age 47, was elected to the Company’s Board of Directors on September 23, 2010 and served as Vice-Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors from June 2015 until being appointed Executive Chairman of the Board effective January 1, 2017. Mr. Rossi di Montelera’s term as a director of Birks Group expires in 2020. Mr. Rossi di Montelera was a consultant for Gestofi from August 2009 until December 31, 2016 and provided consulting services to the Company in the areas of new product and brand development in addition to being involved with the Company’s business development activities and strategic initiatives. From 2007 to 2009, he served as the Company’s Group Divisional Vice President responsible for product development, wholesale and e-commerce. From 2005 to 2006, he served as the Company’s Group Director responsible for product development. From 2002 to 2003, he worked at Regaluxe Investments SA and was responsible for the North American business development for Royale de Champagne and from 1999 to 2002 he was a Project Leader for Ferrero Group. He was a member of the Supervisory Board of Directors of Montrovest until June 30, 2012. Mr. Rossi di Montelera is the son of Dr. Rossi di Montelera, who was the Company’s Chairman of the Board until December 31, 2016, and is the brother-in-law of Mr. Carlo Coda-Nunziante who was the Company’s Vice President, Strategy until March 31, 2018.

Jean-Christophe Bédos, age 55, was appointed to the Company’s Board of Directors on April 19, 2012. He was the Company’s Chief Operating Officer from January 2012 to March 2012 and became the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer on April 1, 2012. He became a director of Birks Group on April 19, 2012 and his term as a director expires in 2020. He has over 25 years of experience in merchandising, marketing, branding and product development in the global retail luxury sector. Mr. Bédos was President and Chief Executive Officer of French jeweler Boucheron from May 2004 to September 2011. Prior to that, he was the Managing Director of Cartier France from 2002 to 2004, and International Executive Manager alongside the President and Chief Executive Officer of Richemont International from 2000 to 2002. Mr. Bédos started his career in the jewelry industry at Cartier in 1988.

 

43


Table of Contents

Davide Barberis Canonico, age 54, was elected to the Company’s Board of Directors in September 2013. Mr. Canonico’s term as a director of Birks Group expires in 2020. From January 1, 2016 until April 2018, Mr. Canonico was also the Chief Executive Officer of Autofil Yarn Ltd., a company in the textile industry supplying yarn to the automotive industry with manufacturing facilities in the United Kingdom and Bulgaria and was the Group Strategy Director from June 2015 to December 2015. From 1998 to March 2016, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Manifattura di Ponzone S.p.A., an Italian family-owned company in the textile industry. From 2001 to 2015, he was also a member of the board of Sinterama S.p.A., a company in the textile industry with manufacturing facilities worldwide. He was a member of the Supervisory Board of Montrovest B.V. until April 2018.

Shirley A. Dawe, age 73, has been a member of the Company’s Board of Directors since 1999. Ms. Dawe’s term as a director of Birks Group expires in 2020. She is also a corporate director and has been President of Shirley Dawe Associates Inc., a Toronto-based management advisory company specializing in the retail sector since 1986. From 1969 to 1985, she held progressively senior executive positions with Hudson’s Bay Company. Her expertise in the retail sector led to her appointment on industry-specific public task forces and to academic and not-for-profit boards of directors. Her wide management and consumer marketing experience brought Ms. Dawe to the board of directors of numerous public and private companies in Canada and the U.S.

Frank Di Tomaso, age 73, was elected to the Company’s Board of Directors in September 2014. Mr. Di Tomaso’s term as a director of Birks Group expires in 2020. Mr. Di Tomaso is a corporate director. He has been a Chartered Professional Accountant since 1972. He was an audit and advisory partner at Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton LLP from 1981 to 2012 where he held the position of Managing Partner Audit – Public Companies until he retired in 2012. Mr. Di Tomaso also has been and currently is a member of a number of other public company corporate boards, namely Intertape Polymer Group Inc. and ADF Group Inc.

Louis L. Roquet, age 77, was appointed to the Company’s Board of Directors on May 11, 2016. Mr. Roquet’s term as a director of Birks Group expires in 2020. Mr. Roquet is the Chancellor and Chairman of the Board of Université de Montréal since June 2018. Mr. Roquet was previously a member of the Company’s Board of Directors from August 2007 to July 2014 before being appointed by the Québec Government to the position of Chairman of the Board of Investissement Québec in July 2014 from which he resigned on May 2, 2016. From 2012 to 2014, Mr. Roquet was Managing Director of Cevital Spa, a large Algerian manufacturer of food products. Mr. Roquet has served as General Manager of the City of Montréal from January 2010 to January 2012. From April 2004 to October 2009, he was President and Chief Operating Officer of Desjardins Venture Capital and was responsible for managing Desjardins’ venture capital funds together with those of Capital Régional and Coopératif Desjardins, a publicly-traded company established in 2001 with an authorized capitalization of $1.0 billion. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. Roquet served as President and General Manager of Société des alcools du Québec, Québec’s Liquor Board. Prior to 2002 he held the title of President and Chief Executive Officer of Investissement Québec, Secretary General of the City of Montréal and General Manager of Montréal Urban Community. He also serves as a director of numerous non-profit organizations.

Joseph F.X. Zahra, age 64, was appointed to the Company’s Board of Directors on November 9, 2016. Mr. Zahra’s term as a director of Birks Group expires in 2020. Mr. Zahra is a founding partner and director of SurgeAdvisory Limited, an advisory firm which focuses on strategy and transformation management, succession planning and boardroom coaching operating in Malta, since January 1, 2017. Prior thereto, he was a founding partner and managing director of MISCO, an independent consulting group operating in Malta, Cyprus and Italy from 1983 to 2016. Mr. Zahra also serves as director of several private, publicly-listed and regulated companies operating in the following industries: financial services (insurance and investment services), oil services, transportation, retail and hospitality. Mr. Zahra is also chairman of the board of directors of Forestals Investments Ltd. and of Multi Risk Ltd. and chairman of the audit committee of Corinthia Palace Hotel Co. Ltd., Medserv plc and member of the audit committee of United Finance plc. He also serves as chairman of the investment committee of Pendergardens Developments plc and of Multi Risk Indemnity Ltd. and is a member of the investment committee of Chasophie Group Limited.

 

44


Table of Contents

Mr. Zahra was director of the Central Bank of Malta from 1992 to 1996 and served as executive chairman of Bank of Valletta Plc from 1998 to 2004, Maltacom Plc in 2003 and Middlesea Insurance Plc from 2010 to 2012. Mr. Zahra was appointed as one of the five international auditors at the Prefettura per gli Affari Economici of the Holy See from 2010 to 2014 and was the president of the economic and administrative reform commission (COSEA) from 2013 to 2014 as well as the vice coordinator of the newly formed Council for the Economy of the Holy See since 2014.

Other Executive Officers

Katia Fontana, age 50, is our Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and has been with Birks Group since January 13, 2020. Prior to joining us, she was Chief Financial Officer at Avenir Global, a holding company for communications and public relations firms. Prior thereto, she was with Groupe Dynamite Inc., an apparel retailer, from 2004 to 2018 in various positions, including Chief Financial Officer, Vice President, Finance and Administration and Director, Finance. From 1993 to 2004, Ms. Fontana was with Deloitte in its audit and assurance practice.

Maryame El Bouwab, age 42, is our Vice President, Merchandising, Planning and Supply Chain. She has been with the Company since March 2013. Prior to her current position, she was the Company’s Vice President, Planning and Supply Chain from June 1, 2018 to September 30, 2018 and Vice President, Merchandise Planning from February 1, 2017 to May 31, 2018. From March 2013 to February 2017, she was the Company’s Director of Merchandise Planning. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. El Bouwab was, from 2005 to 2012, with Mexx Canada and Lucky Brand Jeans and held the position of Merchandising and Planning Manager.

Miranda Melfi, age 56, is our Vice President, Human Resources, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary and has been with Birks Group since April 2006. Prior to her current position, she was our Vice President, Legal Affairs and Corporate Secretary from April 2006 to September 2018. Prior to joining us, Ms. Melfi was with Cascades Inc., a publicly-traded pulp and paper company for eight years and held the position of Vice President, Legal Affairs, Boxboard Group. From 1994 to 1998, Ms. Melfi was Vice President, Legal Affairs and Corporate Secretary at Stella-Jones Inc., a publicly-traded wood products company, and from 1991 to 1994, practiced corporate, commercial and securities law with Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Director Compensation

During fiscal 2020, each director who was not an employee of the Company received an annual fee of USD$25,000 (approximately $33,000 in Canadian dollars) for serving on our Board of Directors, USD$1,500 (approximately $2,000 in Canadian dollars) for each Board meeting attended in person and USD$750 (approximately $1,000 in Canadian dollars) for each Board meeting attended by phone. The chairperson of each of the audit committee, compensation committee and corporate governance and nominating committee received an additional annual fee of USD$10,000, USD$8,000 and USD$5,000 (approximately $13,000, $10,500 and $6,750 in Canadian dollars) respectively. The members of each of the audit committee, compensation committee and corporate governance and nominating committee received an additional annual fee of USD$5,000, USD$4,000 and USD$2,500 (approximately $6,500, $5,250 and $3,275 in Canadian dollars), respectively, and the independent member of the executive committee received an additional annual fee of USD$4,000 (approximately $5,250 in Canadian dollars). The chairperson and any other members of any special independent committee of directors that may be established from time to time is entitled to receive compensation as may be determined by the Board of Directors for his or her service on such committee.

 

45


Table of Contents

Until September 2019, the Board of Directors had a corporate governance and nominating committee. The corporate governance and nominating committee was eliminated in September 2019 and the corporate governance responsibilities of the committee were transferred to the audit committee and the nominating responsibilities were transferred to the compensation committee. As a consequence of the elimination of the corporate governance and nominating committee, the audit and corporate governance committee as well as the compensation and nominating committee were formed. Since September 2018 and every September thereafter, each director who is not an employee of the Company is entitled to receive deferred stock units equal to a value of USD$25,000 (approximately $33,000 in Canadian dollars). In November 2016, September 2017, September 2018, and October 2019 each non-employee director received deferred stock units equal to a value of USD$10,000, USD$20,000, USD$25,000 and USD$25,000 (approximately $13,000, $25,000, $33,000 and $33,000 in Canadian dollars), respectively. In June 2019 the chairman of the Special Committee and each member of the Special Committee was issued deferred stock units equal to a value of USD$30,000 and USD$25,000 (approximately $40,000 and $33,000 in Canadian dollars), respectively. In April 2014 and April 2015, 5,000 stock appreciation rights were granted to each non-employee director. In addition, in September 2014, 2,000 stock appreciation rights were granted to a new member of the Company’s Board of Directors. All directors were reimbursed for reasonable travel expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their duties as directors.

On November 15, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors approved annual payments of €200,000 (approximately $296,000 in Canadian dollars) and €50,000 (approximately $74,000 in Canadian dollars) to Mr. Niccolò Rossi di Montelera for his role as Executive Chairman of the Board and Chairman of the Executive Committee, respectively, effective January 1, 2017.

Executive Compensation

We are a “foreign private issuer” under U.S. securities laws and not a reporting issuer under Canadian securities laws and are therefore not required to publicly disclose detailed individual information about executive compensation under U.S. securities laws to the extent that we comply with the rules of our home jurisdiction. As such, the executive compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and three other most highly compensated executive officers are detailed in our Management Proxy Circular described below. Under the Canada Business Corporations Act, being the statute under which we were incorporated, we are required to provide certain information on executive compensation. The aggregate compensation paid by us to our four executive officers and two executive officers that left in fiscal 2020, and one recently in fiscal 2021 was approximately $1,812,000 (annual salary).

The summary compensation table regarding our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and three other most highly compensated executive officers and the option/RSU grants and exercise of options/RSU tables in our Management Proxy Circular will be filed on Form 6-K with the SEC in connection with our 2020 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

46


Table of Contents

Birks Group Incentive Plans

The following plan makes reference to stock prices, since BGI trades publicly on the NYSE American, all stock prices are denominated in U.S. dollars.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

In 2006, Birks Group adopted a Long-Term Incentive Plan to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to employees and consultants and to promote the success of Birks Group’s business. As of May 31, 2020, there were 96,000 cash-based stock appreciation rights exercisable by members of the Company’s Board of Directors and outstanding stock options to purchase 560,000 shares of the Company’s Class A voting shares granted to members of the Company’s senior management team under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. The stock appreciation rights outstanding as of May 31, 2020, under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, have a weighted average exercise price of $1.11 and the stock options outstanding as of May 31, 2020, under the Long-Term Incentive Plan have a weighted average exercise price of $1.06.

In general, the Long-Term Incentive Plan is administered by Birks Group’s Board of Directors or a committee designated by the Board of Directors (the “Administrator”). Any employee or consultant selected by the Administrator is eligible for any type of award provided for under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, except that incentive stock options may not be granted to consultants. The selection of the grantees and the nature and size of grants and awards are wholly within the discretion of the Administrator.

In the event of a change in control of Birks Group, the Administrator, at its sole discretion, may determine that all outstanding awards shall become fully and immediately exercisable and vested. In the event of dissolution or liquidation of Birks Group, the Administrator may, at its sole discretion, declare that any stock option or stock appreciation right shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Administrator and give the grantee the right to exercise such option or stock option right.

In the event of a merger or asset sale or other change in control, as defined by the Long-Term Incentive Plan, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, take any of the following actions or any other action the Administrator deems to be fair to the holders of the awards:

 

   

Provide that all outstanding awards upon the consummation of such a merger or sale shall be assumed by, or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by, the successor corporation or parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation;

 

   

Prior to the occurrence of the change in control, provide that all outstanding awards to the extent they are exercisable and vested shall be terminated in exchange for a cash payment equal to the change in control price; or

 

   

Prior to the occurrence of the change in control, provide for the grantee to have the right to exercise the award as to all or a portion of the covered stock, including, if so determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shares as to which it would not otherwise be exercisable.

The Long-Term Incentive Plan authorized the issuance of 900,000 Class A voting shares, which consisted of authorized but unissued Class A voting shares. The Long-term Incentive Plan expired on February 10, 2016 and no further awards will be granted under this plan. However, this plan will remain effective until the outstanding awards issued thereunder terminate or expire by their terms.

Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan

On August 15, 2016, the Board of Directors adopted the Company’s Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus LTIP”), and same was approved by the Company’s shareholders on September 21, 2016. Under the Omnibus LTIP, the Company’s directors, officers, senior executives and other employees of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, consultants and service providers providing ongoing services to the Company and its affiliates may from time-to-time be granted various types of compensation awards, as same are further described below. The Omnibus LTIP is meant to replace the Company’s former equity awards plans. A total of 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class A voting shares are reserved for issuance under the Omnibus LTIP.

 

47


Table of Contents

In no event shall the Company issue Class A voting shares, or awards requiring the Company to issue Class A voting shares, pursuant to the Omnibus LTIP if such issuance, when combined with the Class A voting shares issuable upon the exercise of awards granted under the Company’s former plan or any other equity awards plan of the Company, would exceed 1,796,088 Class A voting shares, unless such issuance of Class A voting shares or awards is approved by the shareholders of the Company. This limit shall not restrict however, the Company’s ability to issue awards under the Omnibus LTIP that are payable other than in shares. As of May 31, 2020, the only awards outstanding under the Omnibus LTIP were 465,134 deferred stock units granted to members of the Company’s Board of Directors, and 142,000 Class A voting shares underlying options granted to members of the Company’s senior management team. During fiscal 2020, all of the outstanding restricted stock units granted to members of the Company’s senior management team were exercised.

Birks Employee Stock Option Plan

Effective May 1, 1997, Birks adopted an Employee Stock Option Plan (the “Birks ESOP”) designed to attract and retain the services of selected employees or non-employee directors of Birks or its affiliates who are in a position to make a material contribution to the successful operation of its business. The Birks ESOP was amended as of June 20, 2000. Effective as of November 15, 2005, no awards will be granted under the Birks ESOP. However, the Birks ESOP will remain in effect until the outstanding awards thereunder terminate or expire by their terms. As of May 31, 2020, there were 2,818 Class A voting shares underlying options granted under the Birks ESOP at a weighted average exercise price of $1.05 per share.

 

48


Table of Contents

BOARD PRACTICES

Our by-laws state that the Board of Directors will meet immediately following the election of directors at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders and as the directors may from time to time determine. See “Item 10. Additional Information—Articles of Incorporation and By-laws.”

Under our Restated Articles of Incorporation, our directors serve one-year terms although they will continue in office until successors are appointed. None of the members of our Board has service agreements providing for benefits upon termination of employment, except for Mr. Bédos, our President and Chief Executive Officer. See “Item 10. Additional Information—Material Contracts—Employment Agreements.”

Our Board of Directors has determined that five of our seven directors (Davide Barberis Canonico, Shirley A. Dawe, Frank Di Tomaso, Louis L. Roquet and Joseph F.X Zahra) qualify as independent directors within the meaning of Section 803A of the NYSE American Company Guide.

All of the directors on our Compensation, Corporate Governance and Audit committees were independent until it was eliminated in September 2019. The corporate governance responsibilities of the committee were transferred to the audit committee and the nominating responsibilities were transferred to the compensation committee. As a consequence of the elimination of the corporate governance and nominating committee, the audit and corporate governance committee as well as the compensation and nominating committee were formed.

We are a “controlled company” (one in which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, a group or another company) within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE American. Accordingly, we are not required under the NYSE American rules to have a majority of independent directors, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee (each of which, under the NYSE American rules, would otherwise be required to be comprised entirely of independent directors). Since November 2005, our Board of Directors has been comprised of a majority of independent directors, except for (i) fiscal year 2013 following the appointment of Mr. Bédos, our President and Chief Executive Officer, as an additional director of the Company, during which period our Board of Directors was comprised of 50% independent directors, (ii) part of fiscal year 2015 following the 2014 annual shareholder meeting where four of the Company’s eight directors qualified as independent directors, (iii) part of fiscal year 2016 following the resignation of Mr. Guthrie J. Stewart in December 2015 until the appointment of Mr. Louis L. Roquet in May 2016, and (iv) part of fiscal year 2017 until the appointment of Mr. Joseph F.X. Zahra, during which period our Board of Directors was comprised of a majority of non-independent directors.

Notwithstanding the fact that we qualify for the “controlled company” exemption, we maintain an Audit and Corporate Governance Committee and a Compensation and Nominating Committee comprised solely of independent directors.

During fiscal 2020, our Board of Directors held a total of eight board of directors meetings and twenty-four committee meetings. During such period, all of the directors attended 100% of the meetings of the Board of Directors, except for one director who attended 88% of the meetings.

Our Board of Directors is supported by committees, which are working groups that analyze issues and provide recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding their respective areas of focus. The executive officers interact periodically with the committees to address management issues. During fiscal 2020, our Board of Directors was composed of the four main committees until September 2019 when the corporate governance and nominating committee was eliminated. The corporate governance responsibilities of the committee were transferred to the audit committee and the nominating responsibilities were transferred to the compensation committee. Prior to the elimination of the corporate governance and nominating committee, during fiscal year 2020, the compensation and nominating committee held two meetings and all members of the compensation and nominating committee attended 100% of these meetings during that period. As a consequence of the elimination of the corporate governance and nominating committee, the audit and corporate governance committee as well as the compensation and nominating committee were formed. Below are the current three main committees of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may from time to time also create special committees of the Board as needed.

 

49


Table of Contents

1. Audit and Corporate Governance Committee. We have a separately designated standing audit and corporate governance committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act. The audit and corporate governance committee operates under a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors. The audit and corporate governance committee reviews the scope and results of the annual audit of our consolidated financial statements conducted by our independent auditors, the scope of other services provided by our independent auditors, proposed changes in our financial accounting standards and principles, and our policies and procedures with respect to its internal accounting, auditing and financial controls. The audit and corporate governance committee also examines and considers other matters relating to our financial affairs and accounting methods, including selection and retention of our independent auditors. The audit and corporate governance committee is also responsible for overseeing all aspects of the Company’s corporate governance policies. In addition, the audit and corporate governance committee is responsible for the oversight and review of all related party transactions. During fiscal 2020, the audit and corporate governance committee held four meetings. During such period, all the members of the audit and corporate governance committee attended 100% of these meetings. During fiscal year 2020, the audit and corporate governance committee was comprised of Frank Di Tomaso (Chair), Louis L. Roquet , Joseph F.X. Zahra, and Emily Berlin until September 18, 2019, each of whom was financially literate and an independent (as defined by the NYSE American listing standards and SEC rules), non-employee director of the Company. We have determined that Frank Di Tomaso is an “audit committee financial expert” as this term is defined under SEC rules. Neither the SEC nor the NYSE American requires us to designate an “audit committee financial expert”. A copy of the audit committee charter is available on the Company’s website at www.birks.com.

2. Compensation and Nominating Committee. We have a standing compensation and nominating committee. The compensation and nominating committee operates under a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors. The purpose of the compensation and nominating committee is to recommend to the Board of Directors (i) director compensation and (ii) executive compensation, including base salaries, bonuses and long-term incentive awards for the Chief Executive Officer and certain other executive officers of Birks Group. The compensation and nominating committee also establishes criteria for goals and objectives for variable compensation, evaluates the performance of the Chief Executive Officer on an annual basis and provides recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding Chief Executive Officer and senior management succession plans. Certain decisions regarding compensation of certain other executive officers are reviewed by the compensation committee. During fiscal 2020, the compensation and nominating committee held four meetings and all of the members of the compensation committee attended 100% of these meetings during such period. During fiscal 2020, the compensation and nominating committee was comprised of Shirley A. Dawe (Chair), Frank Di Tomaso and Louis L. Roquet. Each member of the compensation and nominating committee is an independent (as defined by the NYSE American listing standards), non-employee director of the Company.

The compensation and nominating committee is also responsible for nominating potential nominees to the Board of Directors. The Company’s policy with regard to the consideration of any director candidates recommended by a shareholder is that it will consider such candidates and evaluate such candidates by the same process as candidates identified by the compensation and nominating committee. The Company has adopted a policy requiring that a director nominee, whether such candidate was recommended by the compensation and nominating committee or a shareholder, should possess, at least, integrity and commitment to service on the board. In addition to those minimum qualifications, the compensation and nominating committee will consider the following qualities or skills, which the Board as a whole should possess: business judgment, financial literacy, public company experience, accounting and finance experience, industry knowledge, diversity and the ability to provide strategic insight and direction A detailed discussion of each of these attributes can be found in the compensation and nominating committee charter, which is available on the Company’s website at www.birks.com.

3. Executive Committee. We have a standing executive committee. The executive committee operates under a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors. The purpose of the executive committee is to provide a simplified review and approval process in between meetings of the Board of Directors for certain corporate actions. The intent of the executive committee is to facilitate our efficient operation with guidance and direction from the Board of Directors. The goal is to provide a mechanism that can assist in our operations, including but not limited to monitoring the implementation of policies, strategies and programs. In addition, the executive committee’s mandate is to assist the Board with respect to the development, continuing assessment and execution of the Company’s strategic plan.

 

50


Table of Contents

The executive committee is comprised of at least three members of the Board of Directors. Vacancies on the committee are filled by majority vote of the Board of Directors at the next meeting of the Board of Directors following the occurrence of the vacancy. During fiscal year 2020, the executive committee consisted of: Niccolò Rossi di Montelera (Chair), Jean-Christophe Bédos, Davide Barberis Canonico, Louis L. Roquet and Joseph F.X. Zahra. For fiscal 2020, the executive committee held six meetings. All of the members of the executive committee attended 100% of these meetings during such period. Messrs. Roquet and Zahra are independent, non-employee directors of the Company.

EMPLOYEES

As of March 28, 2020, we employed approximately 365 persons. None of our employees are governed by a collective bargaining agreement with a labor union. We believe our relations with our employees are good and we intend to continue to place an emphasis on recruiting, training, retraining and developing the best people in our industry.

Retail employees include only those employees within our retail selling locations, while administration includes all other activities including corporate office, merchandising, supply chain operations and wholesale sales. The table below sets forth headcount by category for our continuing operations in the periods indicated.

 

     Total  

As of March 28, 2020*:

  

Administration

     124  

Retail

     241  
  

 

 

 

Total

     365  
  

 

 

 

As of March 30, 2019:

  

Administration

     123  

Retail

     218  
  

 

 

 

Total

     341  
  

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2018:

  

Administration

     124  

Retail

     224  
  

 

 

 

Total

     348  
  

 

 

 

 

*

As of March 28, 2020, 74 administration employees and 217 retail employees were placed on temporary lay-off as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

51


Table of Contents

SHARE OWNERSHIP

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our Class A voting shares as of May 31, 2020, based on 10,252,911 Class A voting shares, by each executive officer and each director:

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number of Class A
Voting Shares
Beneficially Owned
     Percentage of
Beneficially Owned
 

Niccolò Rossi di Montelera

     —          —    

Jean-Christophe Bédos(1)

     450,000        4.4

Davide Barberis Canonico

     —          —    

Shirley A. Dawe(2)

     1,545        *  

Frank Di Tomaso

     —          —    

Louis L. Roquet

     —          —    

Joseph F.X. Zahra

     —          —    

Katia Fontana

     —          —    

Maryame El-Bouwab

     —          —    

Miranda Melfi(3)

     90,000        *  

 

*

Less than 1%.

(1)

Includes (a) an option to purchase 150,000 Class A voting shares, currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2020, at a price of USD$1.04 per share and which expires on January 4, 2022; (b) an option to purchase 100,000 Class A voting shares, currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2020, at a price of USD$0.84 per share and which expires on April 18, 2023, and (c) an option to purchase 100,000 Class A voting shares, currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2020 at a price of USD$0.78 per share and which expires on September 16, 2025; and (d) an option to purchase 100,000 Class A voting shares, currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2020, at a price of USD$1.43 per share and which expires on November 15, 2026.

(2)

Includes 1,545 Class A voting shares.

(3)

Includes (a) an option to purchase 15,000 Class A voting shares, currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2020, at a price of USD$1.25 per share and which expires on September 23, 2020; (b) an option to purchase 10,000 Class A voting shares, currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2020, at a price of USD$0.89 per share and which expires on November 14, 2022; (c) an option to purchase 25,000 Class A voting shares, currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2020, at a price of USD$1.66 per share and which expires on September 12, 2023; (d) an option to purchase 25,000 Class A voting shares, currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2020, at a price of USD$0.78 per share and which expires on September 16, 2025; and (e) an option to purchase 15,000 Class A voting shares, currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2020, at a price of USD$1.43 per share and which expires on November 15, 2026.

For arrangements involving the issuance or grant of options or shares of the Company to such named executive officers and other employees, see above under the heading “Compensation of Directors and Officers” and Item 10. “Additional Information—Material Contracts—Employment Agreements.”

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our Class A voting shares as of May 31, 2020 by each person or entity who beneficially owns 5% or more of outstanding voting securities, including the Class A voting shares and/or Class B multiple voting shares. The major shareholders listed with Class B multiple voting shares are entitled to ten votes for each Class B multiple voting share held, whereas holders of Class A voting shares are entitled to one vote per Class A voting share held. Unless otherwise indicated in the table, each of the individuals named below, to the Company’s knowledge, has sole voting and investment power with respect to the voting shares beneficially owned by them. The calculation of the percentage of outstanding shares is based on 10,252,911 Class A voting shares and 7,717,970 Class B multiple voting shares outstanding on May 31, 2020, adjusted where appropriate, for shares of stock beneficially owned but not yet issued.

 

52


Table of Contents

Beneficial ownership is determined under rules issued by the SEC. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any of the Class A voting shares or Class B multiple voting shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power and includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days through the exercise of any warrant, stock option or other right. The inclusion in this Annual Report of such voting shares, however, does not constitute an admission that the named individual is a direct or indirect beneficial owner of such voting shares. The voting shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of May 31, 2020 are deemed outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of such person, but are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage owned by any other person listed. For information regarding entities or persons that directly or indirectly control us, see “Item 3. Key Information – Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Company.”

 

Name of Beneficial Owner(1)

   Number of Class A
Voting Shares
Beneficially Owned
     Percentage of Beneficially
Owned
 

The Grande Rousse Trust(2)

     13,646,692        75.9

Meritus Trust Company Limited(3)

     13,646,692        75.9

Montel S.à.r.l(4)

     8,846,692        63.3

Mangrove Holding S.A.(5)

     4,800,000        33.7

 

(1)

Unless otherwise noted, each person has sole voting and investment power over the shares listed opposite its name.

(2)

Includes 13,646,692 Class A voting shares, of which 7,717,970 Class A voting shares to which Montel S.à.r.l (“Montel” previously Montrovest B.V. (“Montrovest”)) and Mangrove Holding S.A. (“Mangrove”) collectively would be entitled upon conversion of the Class B multiple voting shares held by Montel and Mangrove collectively. The Class B multiple voting shares entitle the holder to ten votes for each Class B multiple voting share held and each Class B multiple voting share is convertible into one Class A voting share. The shares held by Montel and Mangrove collectively are beneficially owned by The Grande Rousse Trust. Montrovest merged with its parent company, Montel, on August 31, 2018 (the “Montrovest Merger”), and as such, all of the shares held by Montrovest at the time of the Montrovest Merger are now held by Montel. Confido Limited has the power to remove the trustee of The Grande Rousse Trust. As a result, Confido Limited may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the Class A voting Shares held by Montel or Mangrove.

(3)

Trustee of The Grande Rousse Trust. Includes 13,646,692 Class A voting shares, of which 7,717,970 Class A voting shares to which Montel and Mangrove collectively would be entitled upon conversion of the Class B multiple voting shares held by Montel and Mangrove collectively. The Class B multiple voting shares entitle the holder to ten votes for each Class B multiple voting share held and each Class B multiple voting share is convertible into one Class A voting share. The shares held by Montel and Mangrove collectively are beneficially owned by The Grande Rousse Trust. Meritus Trust Company Limited replaced Rohan Private Trust Company Limited as trustee of The Grande Rousse Trust on December 21, 2017.

(4)

Comprised of 8,846,692 Class A voting shares, of which 3,717,970 Class A voting shares, to which Montel would be entitled upon conversion of the Class B multiple voting shares held by Montel and Mangrove collectively. The Class B multiple voting shares entitle the holder to ten votes for each Class B multiple voting share held and each Class B multiple voting share is convertible into one Class A voting share.

(5)

Includes 4,800,000 Class A voting shares, of which 4,000,000 Class A voting shares to which Mangrove would be entitled upon conversion of the Class B multiple voting shares held by Mangrove. The Class B multiple voting shares entitle the holder to ten votes for each Class B multiple voting share held and each Class B multiple voting share is convertible into one Class A voting share. The Grande Rousse Trust is the sole shareholder of Mangrove.

As of May 31, 2020, there were a total of 232 holders of record of our Class A voting shares, of which 178 were registered with addresses in the United States. Such United States record holders were, as of such date, the holders of record of approximately 77% of our outstanding Class A voting shares. The number of record holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders nor is it representative of where such beneficial holders are resident since many of these ordinary shares were held of record by brokers or other nominees. None of our Class B multiple voting shares are held in the United States. Each Class B multiple voting share entitles the holder to ten (10) votes at all meetings of our shareholders (except meetings at which only holders of another specified class of shares are entitled to vote pursuant to the provisions of our restated articles or the Canada Business Corporations Act).

 

53


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Management Consulting Services Agreement

Effective January 1, 2016, the Company entered into a management consulting services agreement with Gestofi S.A. (“Gestofi”), all in accordance with the Company’s Code of Conduct relating to related party transactions. Under the management consulting services agreement, Gestofi provides the Company with services related to the obtaining of financing, mergers and acquisitions, international expansion projects, and such other services as the Company may request. Under the agreement, The Company paid an annual retainer of €140,000 (approximately $202,000 in Canadian dollars). The original term of the agreement was until December 31, 2016 and the agreement was automatically extended for successive terms of one year as neither party gave a 60 days’ notice of its intention not to renew. The yearly renewal of the agreement was subject to the review and approval of the Company’s corporate governance and nominating committee and the Board of Directors in accordance with the Company’s Code of Conduct relating to related party transactions. In November 2018, the agreement was renewed on the same terms and conditions except that the retainer was reduced to €40,000 (approximately $61,000 in Canadian dollars). In March 2019, the agreement was amended to (i) eliminate the yearly retainer and reimburse only the out-of-pocket expenses related to the services, and (ii) allow for a success fee to be mutually agreed upon between the Company and Gestofi in the event that financing or a capital raise is achieved. In fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, the Company incurred expenses of nil, €40,000, and €115,000 (approximately nil, $61,000 and $173,000 in Canadian dollars) respectively under this agreement to Gestofi. In November 2019, the agreement was renewed for an additional one-year term on the same terms and conditions.

Cash Advance Agreements

The Company has a cash advance outstanding from the Company’s controlling shareholder, Montel (formerly Montrovest), of USD$1.5 million (approximately $2 million in Canadian dollars) originally received in May 2009 from Montrovest. This cash advance was provided to the Company by Montrovest to finance working capital needs and for general corporate purposes. This advance and any interest thereon is subordinated to the indebtedness of the Company’s Credit Facility and Term Loan. This cash advance bears an annual interest rate of 11%, net of withholding taxes, representing an effective interest rate of approximately 12%, and is repayable upon demand by Montel once conditions stipulated in the Company’s Credit Facility permit such a payment. At March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, advances payable to Montel amounted to USD$1.5 million (approximately $2.1 million and $2.0 million in Canadian dollars, respectively).

On July 28, 2017, the Company received a USD$2.5 million (approximately $3.3 million in Canadian dollars) loan from Montel, to finance its working capital needs. The loan bears interest at an annual rate of 11%, net of withholding taxes, representing an effective interest rate of approximately 12%, and is due and payable in two equal payments of USD$1.25 million (approximately $1.55 million in Canadian dollars) in each of July 2018 and July 2019. During fiscal year 2019, USD$1.25 million (approximately $1.55 million in Canadian dollars) was repaid. In May 2019, Montel granted the Company a one year extension of the term of the outstanding balance of $1.8 million (USD $1.25 million) which was scheduled to be fully repaid in July 2019. In December 2019, the Company obtained a new one-year moratorium on principal repayments and as such the loan will become due in December 2020. On June 30, 2020, the Company obtained a new moratorium on the principal repayment, and the loan will become due on the earlier of August 31, 2021 and 10 days following a liquidity event, subject to the approval by its senior secured lenders and the Company’s Board of Directors. At March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, loans payable to Montel amounted to USD$1.25 million (approximately $1.8 million and $1.7 million in Canadian dollars, respectively).

Due to the Montrovest Merger, Montrovest’s separate legal existence ceased and as a result of such merger, the cash advance agreements as well as the loan agreement have been assumed by Montel.

 

54


Table of Contents

Consulting Services Agreement

On June 30, 2009, our Company’s Board of Directors approved our Company entering into a consulting services agreement with Gestofi in accordance with our Company’s Code of Conduct relating to related party transactions. Under the agreement, Gestofi undertook to assign Mr. Niccolò Rossi di Montelera as the employee of Gestofi responsible for providing the consulting services. The consulting services relate to providing advice and assistance in (i) new product development and product brand collection assortment, (ii) strategic and business development projects and financial matters, (iii) the implementation of the Company’s strategy and planning, and (iv) such other services reasonably requested by our Chief Executive Officer or Chairman (collectively, the “Consulting Services”). The initial one-year term of the agreement began on August 1, 2009 and the agreement may be renewed for additional one-year terms. The agreement has been renewed yearly. The Consulting Services prior to June 2014, were provided to us for a fee of approximately $13,700 per month less any applicable taxes plus out of pocket expenses. In June 2014, upon the renewal of the agreement for an additional one-year term, the monthly fee changed to 13,000 Swiss francs (approximately $15,560 in Canadian dollars). On August 1, 2015, an amended and restated consulting agreement was entered into on substantially the same terms and conditions until July 31, 2016. In June 2016, the agreement was renewed for an additional one-year term. In addition, in February 2015, our Board of Directors approved the payment of an annual fee of USD$12,500 (approximately $15,625 in Canadian dollars) to Gestofi for services it provided in connection with the issuance and maintenance of a letter of credit for our benefit. The agreement as it relates to the Consulting Services provided by Mr. Niccolò Rossi di Montelera was terminated effective December 31, 2016. Mr. Niccolò Rossi di Montelera is a member of the Company’s Board of Directors and is the son of Dr. Rossi di Montelera, the Company’s former Chairman and a director and chairman of the board of Gestofi.

Reimbursement Letter Agreement

In accordance with the Company’s Code of Conduct related to related party transactions, in April 2011, the Company’s corporate governance and nominating committee and Board of Directors approved the reimbursement to Regaluxe Srl, of certain expenses, such as rent, communication, administrative support and analytical service costs, incurred in supporting the office of Dr. Lorenzo Rossi di Montelera, the Company’s then Chairman, and of Mr. Niccolò Rossi di Montelera, the Company’s Chairman of the Executive Committee and the Company’s current Executive Chairman of the Board, for the work performed on behalf of the Company, up to a yearly maximum of USD$260,000 (approximately $340,000 in Canadian dollars). This agreement was renewed annually and for fiscal 2019, the yearly maximum was reduced to USD$130,000 (approximately $170,000 in Canadian dollars), and the terms were amended so that only administrative support and analytical service costs would be reimbursed in Euros. This agreement was renewed in March 2020 for an additional one-year term. During fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, the Company incurred expenses of €46,000, USD$127,000, and USD$245,000, (approximately $68,000, $167,000, and $315,000 in Canadian dollars) respectively to Regaluxe Srl under this agreement.

Distribution Agreement

In April 2011, our corporate governance and nominating committee and Board of Directors approved the Company’s entering in a Wholesale and Distribution Agreement with Regaluxe Srl. Under the agreement, Regaluxe Srl is to provide services to the Company to support the distribution of the Company’s products in Italy through authorized dealers. The initial one-year term of the agreement began on April 1, 2011. Under this agreement, the Company pays Regaluxe Srl a net price for the Company’s products equivalent to the price, net of taxes, for the products paid by retailers to Regaluxe Srl less a discount factor of 3.5%. The agreement’s initial term was until March 31, 2012, and may be renewed by mutual agreement for additional one year terms. This agreement has been renewed annually and in March 2020, the agreement was renewed for an additional one-year term. During fiscal year 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, the Company did not make any payments to Regaluxe Srl under this agreement.

Advisory Consulting Services Agreement

On November 15, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors approved entering into a consulting services agreement with Gestofi effective January 1, 2017. Under the one-year agreement, that was not renewed, Dr. Lorenzo Rossi di Montelera is providing advice and assistance on strategic and development projects and financial matters for a total fee of USD$50,000 (approximately $65,000 in Canadian dollars) during the period from January to September 2017. In fiscal 2018, the Company paid USD$33,333 (approximately $43,000 in Canadian dollars) in relation to this agreement.

 

55


Table of Contents

Consulting Agreement

On March 28, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the Company’s entry into a consulting services agreement with Carlo Coda Nunziante effective April 1, 2018. Under the agreement, Carlo Coda Nunziante, the Company’s former Vice President, Strategy, is providing advice and assistance on the Company’s strategic planning and business strategies for a total annual fee, including reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses of €146,801 (approximately $222,000 in Canadian dollars), net of applicable taxes. In fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, the Company incurred charges of €154,000 and €153,000 (approximately $229,000 and $231,000 in Canadian dollars), including applicable taxes, respectively. This agreement has been renewed in March 2020 for an additional one-year term upon the same terms and conditions.

Item 8. Financial Information

Consolidated Financial Statements

See Item 18. “Financial Statements.”

Dividend Policy

For a discussion of our dividend policy, see Item 3. “Key Information—Dividends and Dividend Policy.”

Legal Proceedings

We are from time to time involved in litigation incident to the conduct of our business. Although such litigation is normally routine and incidental, it is possible that future litigation can result in large monetary awards for compensatory or punitive damages. We believe that no litigation that is currently pending or threatened will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

Significant Changes

No significant changes have occurred since the date of the annual financial statements included in this Annual Report.

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

TRADING MARKET

Effective November 15, 2005, our Class A voting shares were listed and began to trade on the NYSE American and are currently trading under the symbol “BGI.”

 

56


Table of Contents

Item 10. Additional Information

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS

Our Restated Articles of Incorporation do not restrict the type of business that we may carry on. A copy of our Restated Articles of Incorporation were set out in the F-4 registration statement (File No. 333-126936) that was filed with the SEC on July 27, 2005 and subsequently amended on September 8, 2005, September 21, 2005 and September 29, 2005, and which we incorporate by reference. A copy of our By-law No. One is contained as an exhibit to the Form 20-F that we filed with the SEC on July 3, 2012, and which we incorporate by reference. Additionally, certain rights of our shareholders pursuant to our Restated Articles of Incorporation, our By-laws and the Canada Business Corporations Act were set out in the F-4 registration statement (File No. 333-126936) that was filed with the SEC on July 27, 2005, and which we incorporate by reference herein and we refer you to the headings therein entitled “Description of Birks Capital Stock” and “Comparison of Stockholder Rights.”

On April 19, 2012, our Board of Directors approved an amendment to our By-laws to, among other things, add the title and description of the Vice Chairman position, revise the declaration of dividends section of the By-laws, and add a banking and borrowing arrangements section to the By-laws. Under Canadian law, the amendment to our By-laws had to be ratified by the shareholders of the Company. At our 2012 Annual and Special Meeting of Shareholders, our shareholders ratified the amendment to our By-laws.

On September 12, 2013, at our Annual Meeting of Shareholders, our shareholders approved articles of amendment to our Restated Articles of Incorporation to change our corporate name to Birks Group Inc. A copy of the articles of amendment is filed with our Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 25, 2014.

On September 24, 2014, at our Annual Meeting of Shareholders, our shareholders approved articles of amendment to our Restated Articles of Incorporation to allow our board of directors, at any time and from time to time, to issue preferred shares for an aggregate consideration to be received by the Company of up to five million Canadian dollars ($5,000,000) which shall be subject to a 5% dividend limitation as contained in the Restated Articles of Incorporation. A copy of the articles of amendment is filed with our Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on June 26, 2015.

 

57


Table of Contents

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

We have not entered into any material contract other than in the ordinary course of business and other than those described below or in Items 4, 5, 7 and 19 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Employment Agreements

Jean-Christophe Bédos

On January 4, 2012, we entered into an employment agreement, or the “Agreement”, with Jean-Christophe Bédos, who became the President & Chief Executive Officer effective April 1, 2012, and prior to that was our Chief Operating Officer. The Agreement provides Mr. Bédos with a base salary of $700,000 an annual cash bonus set at a minimum of $282,500 for fiscal year ended March 30, 2013, of which $141,250 was paid during fiscal 2012 and $141,250 was paid in fiscal 2014, an annual target cash bonus of 85% of base salary based on achievement of a targeted level of performance and performance criteria set by the Company, an option to purchase 150,000 shares of the Company’s Class A voting shares which vested over three years and other health and retirement benefits. Mr. Bédos’ base salary was increased to $730,000, and $750,000, effective October 1, 2015 and November 1, 2016, respectively. If Mr. Bédos is terminated without “cause” or resigns for “good reason,” as these terms are defined in the Agreement, the Agreement provides that Mr. Bédos will receive (i) any earned and accrued but unpaid base salary, (ii) up to 12 months of salary in lieu of further salary or severance payments, which may be increased by one additional month after five years of service for each additional year of service thereafter, up to a maximum of eighteen months after ten years of service, (iii) certain health benefits for the period that the severance will be payable in, and (iv) his bonus through the date of termination and up to twelve months average annual cash bonus (based on the average annual cash bonus paid to him over the previous three fiscal years). Mr. Bédos is prohibited from competing with us during his employment and for a period of twelve-months thereafter.

EXCHANGE CONTROLS

There are currently no laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in Canada that restricts the export or import of capital or that affects the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our securities other than withholding tax requirements. There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by our Restated Articles of Incorporation or our other organizational documents on the right of a non-resident of Canada to hold or vote our Class A voting shares, other than as provided in Investment Canada Act.

The Investment Canada Act requires notification and, in certain cases, advance review and approval by the federal minister of Innovation, Science and Economic Development of the acquisition by a “non-Canadian” of “control of a Canadian business”, all as defined in the Investment Canada Act. Generally, the threshold for review will be higher in monetary terms, and in certain cases an exemption will apply, for an investor ultimately controlled by persons who are WTO investors or trade agreement investors, in each case within the meaning of the Investment Canada Act. The Investment Canada Act also provides for review of investments in Canada, including by acquisition of the whole or part of any entity with operations in Canada, if the aforementioned Minister determines that such an investment may be injurious to national security.

TAXATION

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF BIRKS CLASS A VOTING SHARES

The following discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), applicable Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions currently in effect, all of which could change. Any change, which may be retroactive, could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. The discussion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service, and there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will not disagree with or challenge any of the conclusions described below.

 

58


Table of Contents

Except where specifically noted, the discussion below does not address the effects of any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws (or other tax consequences such as estate or gift tax consequences). The discussion below relates to persons who hold Birks Group Class A voting shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. The tax treatment of those persons may vary depending upon the holder’s particular situation, and some holders may be subject to special rules not discussed below. Those holders would include, for example:

 

   

banks, insurance companies, trustees and mutual funds;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

financial institutions;

 

   

pass-through entities and investors in pass-through entities;

 

   

traders in securities who elect to apply a mark-to-market method of accounting;

 

   

broker-dealers;

 

   

holders who are not U.S. Holders (as defined below);

 

   

persons whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar;

 

   

holders who are subject to the alternative minimum tax; and

 

   

holders of Birks Group Class A voting shares who own 5% or more of either the total voting power or the total value of the outstanding Class A voting shares of Birks Group.

Holders should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership of Birks Group Class A voting shares in light of their particular situations, as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

As used in this document, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial holder of Birks Group Class A voting shares that is (1) an individual who is a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien, (2) a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision of the U.S., (3) an estate which is subject to U.S. federal income tax on its worldwide income regardless of its source or (4) a trust (x) that is subject to primary supervision of a court within the U.S. and the control of one or more U.S. persons as described in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code or (y) that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership holds Birks Group Class A voting shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners of partnerships that hold Birks Group Class A voting shares should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

Dividends and Distributions

Subject to the passive foreign investment company (PFIC) rules discussed below, the gross amount of dividends paid to U.S. Holders of our Class A voting shares, including amounts withheld to reflect Canadian withholding taxes, will be treated as dividend income to these U.S. Holders, to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. This income will be includable in the gross income of a U.S. Holder on the day actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder. Dividends generally will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations upon the receipt of dividends distributed by U.S. corporations.

 

59


Table of Contents

Subject to certain conditions and limitations, Canadian withholding taxes on dividends may be treated as foreign taxes eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. For purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit, dividends paid on our Class A voting shares will be treated as income from sources outside the U.S. and generally will constitute “passive income.” Special rules apply to certain individuals whose foreign source income during the taxable year consists entirely of “qualified passive income” and whose creditable foreign taxes paid or accrued during the taxable year do not exceed $300 ($600 in the case of a joint return). U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors to determine their eligibility to use foreign tax credits.

To the extent that the amount of any distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year, the distribution first will be treated as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the adjusted basis of our Class A voting shares (thereby increasing the amount of gain, or decreasing the amount of loss, to be recognized by the U.S. Holder on a subsequent disposition of the Class A voting shares), and the balance in excess of adjusted basis will be taxed as capital gain recognized on a sale or exchange.

With respect to certain U.S. Holders who are not corporations, including individuals, certain dividends received from a qualified foreign corporation may be subject to reduced rates of taxation. A “qualified foreign corporation” includes a foreign corporation that is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States which the U.S. Treasury determines to be satisfactory for these purposes and which includes an exchange of information program. U.S. Treasury guidance indicates that the current income tax treaty between Canada and the U.S. meets these requirements, and we believe we are eligible for the benefits of that treaty. In addition, a foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends received from that corporation on shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. Our Class A voting shares, which are listed on the NYSE American, should be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. Individuals that do not meet a minimum holding period requirement during which they are not protected from the risk of loss or that elect to treat the dividend income as “investment income” pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the Code will not be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation regardless of the trading status of our Class A voting shares. In addition, the rate reduction will not apply to dividends if the recipient of a dividend is obligated to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. This disallowance applies even if the minimum holding period has been met. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules given their particular circumstances. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex. Certain U.S. Holders of our Class A voting shares may not be able to claim a foreign tax credit with respect to amounts withheld for Canadian withholding taxes. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances.

Sale or Exchange of Class A Voting Shares

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, subject to the rules relating to PFICs described below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale or exchange of our Class A voting shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized for our Class A voting shares and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such shares. This gain or loss will be capital gain or loss and generally will be treated as U.S. source gain or loss. Long-term capital gains recognized by certain U.S. Holders who are not corporations, including individuals, generally will be subject to a maximum rate of U.S. federal income tax of currently 23.8%, which includes the 3.8% Medicare surtax imposed by Section 1411 of the Code. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Passive Foreign Investment Company

We believe that our Class A voting shares should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we expect to continue our operations in such a manner that we will not be a PFIC. In general, a company is considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. The 50% of value test is based on the average of the value of our assets for each quarter during the taxable year. If we own at least 25% by value of another company’s stock, we will be treated, for purposes of the PFIC rules, as owning our proportionate share of the assets and receiving our proportionate share of income of the other company. Based on the nature of our income, assets and activities, and the manner in which we plan to operate our business in future years, we do not expect that we will be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year.

 

60


Table of Contents

If, however, we are or become a PFIC, U.S. Holders could be subject to additional U.S. federal income taxes on gain recognized with respect to our Class A voting shares and on certain distributions, plus an interest charge on certain taxes treated as having been deferred by the U.S. Holder under the PFIC rules.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, information reporting requirements will apply to dividends in respect of our Class A voting shares or the proceeds received on the sale, exchange, or redemption of our Class A voting shares paid within the United States (and in certain cases, outside of the U.S.) to U.S. Holders other than certain exempt recipients (such as corporations), and a 24% backup withholding tax may apply to these amounts if the U.S. Holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number, to report dividends required to be shown on its U.S. federal income tax returns or, in certain circumstances, to comply with applicable certification requirements. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a refund or credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information or appropriate claim for refund is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner.

Certain Information Reporting Obligations

Certain U.S. Holders are required to report their ownership of specified foreign financial assets, including stock or securities issued by non-U.S. entities, subject to exceptions, by including a completed IRS Form 8938, Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets, with their tax return for each year in which they own such assets. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding information reporting requirements relating to the ownership of Class A voting shares.

MATERIAL CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A VOTING SHARES

The following discussion is a summary of the material Canadian federal income tax considerations under the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations adopted thereunder (referred to in this Form 20-F as the “Canadian Tax Act”) of the ownership of our Class A voting shares, generally applicable to holders of our Class A voting shares who, for purposes of the Canadian Tax Act and at all relevant times, are not (and are not deemed to be) resident in Canada, are the beneficial owners of our Class A voting shares, hold our Class A voting shares as capital property, deal at arm’s length, and are not affiliated, with Birks Group, and who do not use or hold (and are not deemed to use or hold) Class A voting shares in connection with carrying on business or part of a business in Canada (referred to in this Form 20-F as “Non-resident Holders”). This discussion does not apply to Non-resident Holders that are insurers that carry on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere or an “authorized foreign bank” (as defined under the Canadian Tax Act).

This summary is based upon the current provisions of the Canadian Tax Act, the current provisions of the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention (1980), as amended, if applicable (referred to in this Form 20-F as the “Convention”), all specific proposals to amend the Canadian Tax Act publicly announced by the Minister of Finance of Canada prior to the date hereof (referred to in this Form 20-F as the “Tax Proposals”) and the current published administrative and assessing practices of the Canada Revenue Agency. This summary assumes that the Tax Proposals will be enacted substantially as proposed and does not otherwise take into account or anticipate any change in law or administrative and assessing practices, whether by legislative, governmental or judicial action, although no assurance can be given in these respects. This summary does not take into account or consider any provincial, territorial or foreign income tax legislation or considerations. For purposes of the Canadian Tax Act, all amounts relevant in computing a Non-resident Holder’s liability under the Canadian Tax Act must be computed in Canadian dollars. Amounts denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars (including adjusted cost base and proceeds of disposition) must be converted into Canadian dollars based on the prevailing exchange rate at the relevant time.

This summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to Non-resident Holders of our Class A voting shares. Accordingly, Non-resident Holders of our Class A voting shares should consult their own tax advisors with respect to their particular circumstances.

 

61


Table of Contents

Dividends on Our Class A Voting Shares

Dividends paid or credited (or deemed to have been paid or credited) on our Class A voting shares to a Non-resident Holder will be subject to Canadian withholding tax of 25% of the gross amount of those dividends (subject to reduction in accordance with an applicable income tax convention between Canada and the Non-resident Holder’s country of residence). In the case of a Non-resident Holder who is a resident of the U.S. for purposes of the Convention, is entitled to the benefits of the Convention (referred to in this Form 20-F as a “U.S. Holder”) and is the beneficial owner of the dividend, the rate of withholding tax will generally be reduced to 15% or, if the Non-resident Holder is a corporation that owns at least 10% of our voting shares, to 5%.

Disposition of Our Class A Voting Shares

A Non-resident Holder will not be subject to tax under the Canadian Tax Act in respect of any capital gain realized by that Non-resident Holder on a disposition (or deemed disposition) of a Class A voting share, unless the Class A voting share constitutes “taxable Canadian property” (as defined in the Canadian Tax Act) of the Non-resident Holder at the time of disposition and the Non-resident Holder is not entitled to relief under an applicable income tax convention between Canada and the Non-resident Holder’s country of residence. If at the time of such disposition the Class A voting shares are listed on a “designated stock exchange” (which includes the NYSE American), the Class A voting shares will generally not constitute taxable Canadian property of a Non-resident Holder unless (A) at any time during the 60-month period that ends at the time the Class A voting shares are disposed of, both (i) 25% or more of the issued shares of any class of the capital stock of the Corporation were owned by or belonged to one or any combination of (a) the Non-resident Holder, (b) persons with whom the Non-resident Holder did not deal at arm’s length, and (c) partnerships in which the Non-resident Holder or a person referred to in (b) holds a membership interest, directly or indirectly, through one or more partnerships, and (ii) more than 50% of the fair market value of the Class A voting shares was derived, directly or indirectly, from one or any combination of real or immovable property situated in Canada, “Canadian resource properties”, “timber resource properties” (as such terms are defined under the Canadian Tax Act) or options in respect of, interests in, or civil law rights in, any such properties, or (B) the Class A voting shares are otherwise deemed to be taxable Canadian property. Generally, to the extent that the Class A voting share are no longer listed on a “designated stock exchange” at the time of their disposition, the above-listed criteria (with the exception of (i)) will apply to determine if the Class A voting shares are “taxable Canadian property”.

As long as Class A voting shares are listed on a “recognized stock exchange” (which includes the NYSE American), a Non-resident Holder who disposes of Class A voting shares that are taxable Canadian property will not be required to satisfy the obligations imposed under section 116 of the Canadian Tax Act.

DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

We file reports, including Annual Reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC that apply to foreign private issuers. You may read and copy any materials filed with the SEC at the following location of the SEC, Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. Filings we make electronically with the SEC are also available to the public on the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to various market risks. Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market prices and rates. We have not entered into derivative or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates. Borrowing under the credit facility and the term loan from Crystal bear interest at floating rates, which are based on CDOR or prime plus a fixed additional interest rate. As of March 28, 2020, we have not hedged these interest rate risks. As of March 28, 2020, we had approximately $70.3 million of floating-rate debt. Accordingly, our net income will be affected by changes in interest rates. Assuming a 100 basis point increase or decrease in the interest rate under our floating rate debt, our interest expense on an annualized basis would have increased or decreased, respectively, by approximately $0.7 million.

 

62


Table of Contents

Currency Risk

The Company has changed its reporting currency in fiscal 2019 from U.S. dollars to Canadian dollars for the period commencing April 1, 2018 in order to better reflect the fact that subsequent to the Company’s divestiture of its former wholly-owned subsidiary, Mayor’s Jewelers Inc. on October 23, 2017, its business is primarily conducted in Canada, and a substantial portion of its revenues, expenses, assets, and liabilities are denominated in $CAD. The Company’s functional currency remains $CAD.

To mitigate the impact of foreign exchange volatility on our earnings, from time to time we may enter into agreements to fix the exchange rate of U.S. dollars to Canadian dollars. For example, we may enter into agreements to fix the exchange rate to protect the principal and interest payments on our U.S. dollar denominated debt and other liabilities held in our Canadian operation. If we do so, we will not benefit from any increase in the value of the Canadian dollar compared to the U.S. dollar when these payments become due. As of March 28, 2020, we had not hedged these foreign exchange rate risks. As of March 28, 2020, we had approximately $20.8 million of net liabilities subject to foreign exchange rate risk related to changes in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and Canadian dollar, which would impact the level of our earnings if there were fluctuations in U.S. and Canadian dollar exchange rate. Assuming a 100 basis point strengthening or weakening of the Canadian dollar in relationship to the U.S. dollar, as of March 28, 2020, our earnings would have increased or decreased, respectively, by approximately $0.2 million. This analysis does not consider the impact of fluctuations in U.S. and Canadian dollar exchange rates on the translation of Canadian dollar results into U.S. dollars. Changes in the exchange rates of Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars could also impact our Canadian sales and gross margin if the Canadian dollar strengthens significantly and impacts our Canadian consumers’ behavior.

Commodity Risk

The nature of our operations results in exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices, specifically diamonds, platinum, gold and silver. We do not currently use derivatives to hedge these risks. Our retail sales and gross margin could be materially impacted if prices of diamonds, platinum, gold or silver rise so significantly that our consumers’ behavior changes or if price increases cannot be passed onto our customers.

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

Not applicable.

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

 

63


Table of Contents

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined under Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e), as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of March 28, 2020, our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined under Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e), were effective.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined under Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to consolidated financial statements preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of our internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Based on that assessment, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of March 28, 2020, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal controls over financial reporting. As a non-accelerated filer, our report was not subject to attestation by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the SEC that permit us to provide only our report on internal controls over financial reporting in this Annual Report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

64


Table of Contents

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Board of Directors determined that Frank Di Tomaso, an independent director, meets the requirements to be designated an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined by the SEC. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Board Practices.”

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics, within the meaning of this Item 16B of Form 20-F under the Exchange Act. Our code of ethics applies our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Controller. Our code of ethics is available on our website at www.birks.com. If we amend the provisions of our code of ethics that apply to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and persons performing similar functions, or if we grant any waiver of such provisions, we will disclose such amendment or waiver on our website at the same address. We also have a similar code of ethics that applies to our financial directors. The Company has also adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to all employees of the Company.

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

During fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, we retained KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accountant, to provide services in the following categories and amounts:

Audit Fees

The aggregate fees billed by KPMG LLP for professional services rendered for the audit and interim review of our consolidated financial statements was $502,622 in fiscal 2020 and $373,500 in fiscal 2019.

Audit Related Fees

During fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, KPMG LLP provided audit related services for a total amount of nil and $2,850, respectively.

Tax Fees

During fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, KPMG LLP provided tax advisory services for a total amount of $26,287, and $13,450, respectively.

All Other Fees

During fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, KPMG LLP provided advisory services for a total amount of nil and $1,500, respectively.

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

The audit committee has established a pre-approval policy as described in Rule 2-01(c)(7)(i) of Regulation S-X. The audit committee approves in writing, in advance, any audit or non-audit services provided to Birks Group by the independent accountants that are not specifically disallowed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. None of the services described in Item 16C were approved by the audit committee pursuant to Rule 2-01(c)(7)(i)(C).

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

We did not, nor did any affiliated purchaser, purchase any of our equity securities during fiscal 2020.

 

65


Table of Contents

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

Our securities are listed on the NYSE American. There are no significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those followed by domestic companies under the listing standards of that exchange except for proxy delivery requirements. The NYSE American requires the solicitation of proxies and delivery of proxy statements for all shareholder meetings, and requires that these proxies be solicited pursuant to a proxy statement that conforms to the proxy rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. As a foreign private issuer, the Company is exempt from the proxy rules set forth in Sections 14(a), 14(b), 14(c) and 14(f) of the Act. The Company solicits proxies in accordance with applicable rules and regulations in Canada.

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 17. Financial Statements

Not applicable.

Item 18. Financial Statements

The financial statements required by this item are found at the end of this Annual Report beginning on page F-1.

 

66


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 19. Exhibits

The following exhibits are part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

Exhibit Number

  

Description of Document

1.1

  

Restated Articles of Incorporation of Birks Group Inc., effective as of November 14, 2005. Incorporated by reference from the Henry Birks & Sons Inc. Registration Statement on Form F-4 originally filed with the SEC on July 27, 2005 and as subsequently amended on September 8, 2005, September 21, 2005 and September 29, 2005.

1.2

  

Articles of Amendment of Birks Group Inc., effective as of October 1, 2013. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 25, 2014.

1.3

  

Articles of Amendment of Birks Group Inc. effective as of October 3, 2014. Incorporated by referenced from Birks Group Inc.’s Form 20-F filed with the SEC on June 26, 2015.

1.4

  

By-law No. One of Birks Group Inc. adopted on December 28, 1998 and amended on April 9, 2012. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 3, 2012.

2.1

  

Form of Birks Class  A voting share certificate as amended as of October 1, 2013. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 25, 2014.

4.1

  

Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of April 18, 2005, as amended as of July 27, 2005, among Henry Birks & Sons Inc., Mayor’s, Inc. and Birks Merger Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Henry Birks & Sons Inc. Incorporated by reference from the Henry Birks & Sons Inc. Registration Statement on Form F-4 originally filed with the SEC on July 27, 2005 and as subsequently amended on September 8, 2005, September 21, 2005 and September 29, 2005.

4.2

  

Form of Directors and Officers Indemnity Agreement. Incorporated by reference from the Henry Birks & Sons Inc. Registration Statement on Form F-4 originally filed with the SEC on July 27, 2005 and as subsequently amended on September 8, 2005, September 21, 2005 and September 29, 2005.

4.3

  

Agreement of Principal Lease between 7739907 Canada Inc. and Birks Group Inc. executed on March 17, 2017. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 6-K filed with the SEC on May 12, 2017.

4.4

  

Employment Agreement between Miranda Melfi and Birks Group dated February 24, 2006. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 19, 2006.

4.5

  

Management Consulting Services Agreement between Birks Group Inc. and Gestofi S.A. entered into as of November 20, 2015. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on June 30, 2016.

4.6

  

Birks Group Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 19, 2006.

 

67


Table of Contents

4.7

  

Birks Group Inc. Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 6-K filed with the SEC on August 26, 2016.

4.8

  

Warrant Agreement dated November 14, 2005 between Mayor’s Jewelers, Inc. and Carlo Coda-Nunziante. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 19, 2006.

4.9

  

Warrant Agreement dated November 14, 2005 between Mayor’s Jewelers, Inc. and Joseph A. Keifer. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 19, 2006.

4.10

  

Warrant Agreement dated November 14, 2005 between Mayor’s Jewelers, Inc. and Marco Pasteris. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 19, 2006.

4.11

  

Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement dated November 14, 2005 between Mayor’s Jewelers, Inc. and Henry Birks & Sons Inc. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 19, 2006.

4.12

  

Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement dated November 14, 2005 between Mayor’s Jewelers, Inc. and Henry Birks & Sons Inc. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 19, 2006.

4.13

  

Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement dated November 14, 2005 between Mayor’s Jewelers, Inc. and Henry Birks & Sons Inc. Incorporated by reference the from Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 19, 2006.

4.14

  

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on June 18, 2007.

4.15*

  

Loan Agreement between Birks Group Inc. and Investissement Québec entered into on July 8, 2020

4.16

  

Amended and Restated Cash Advance Agreement between Birks Group Inc. and Montrovest B.V., dated June 8, 2011. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 8, 2011.

4.17

  

Master Lease Agreement dated March 15, 2017 among Birks Group Inc., Mayors Jewelers of Florida, Inc. and Onset Financial, Inc. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 6-K filing with the SEC on May 12, 2017.

4.18

  

Letter Agreement between Mayor’s Jewelers and Thomas A. Andruskevich, dated November 14, 2005. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed with the SEC on March 25, 2011.

4.19

  

Letter Agreement between Mayor’s Jewelers and Filippo Recami, dated November 14, 2005. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed with the SEC on March 25, 2011.

4.20

  

Letter Agreement between Mayor’s Jewelers and Joseph Keifer, dated November 14, 2005. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed with the SEC on March 25, 2011.

 

68


Table of Contents

4.21

  

Letter Agreement between Mayor’s Jewelers and Marco Pasteris, dated November 14, 2005. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed with the SEC on March 25, 2011.

4.22

  

Letter Agreement between Mayor’s Jewelers and Carlo Coda-Nunziante, dated November 14, 2005. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed with the SEC on March 25, 2011.

4.23

  

Employment Agreement between Birks Group Inc. and Jean-Christophe Bédos, dated January 4, 2012. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012.

4.24

  

Amendment Letter to Employment Agreement between Birks Group Inc. and Jean-Christophe Bédos dated April 18, 2013. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on June 26, 2015.

4.25

  

Amendment Letter to Employment Agreement between Birks Group Inc. and Jean-Christophe Bédos effective October 1, 2015. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on June 30, 2016.

4.26

  

Employment Agreement between Birks Group Inc. and Pasquale (Pat) Di Lillo, dated October 30, 2014. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 6-K filed with the SEC on November 11, 2014.

4.27

  

Canadian Offering Memorandum, dated as of April 27, 2012. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on April 27, 2012.

4.28

  

Form of Subscription Rights Certificate. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on May 24, 2012.

4.29

  

Employment Agreement between Aurélie Pepion and Birks Group Inc., dated as of April 2, 2018. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 3, 2018.

4.30

  

Consulting Services Agreement between Carlo Coda Nunziante and Birks Group Inc., dated March 31, 2018. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 3, 2018.

4.31

  

Stock Purchase Agreement entered into between Birks Group Inc., and Aurum Holdings. Ltd. dated August 11, 2017. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 6-K filed with the SEC on August 11, 2017.

4.32

  

Credit Agreement by and among Wells Fargo Canada Corporation, as Administrative Agent, the lenders that are parties thereto as the Lenders, and Birks Group Inc. dated as of October 23, 2017. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 6-K filed with the SEC on October 27, 2017.

4.33

  

Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement by and among the lenders thereto as lenders, Wells Fargo Canada Corporation as administrative agent, and Birks Group Inc. dated June 29, 2018. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 3, 2018.

 

69


Table of Contents

4.34*

  

Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement by and among the lenders thereto as lenders, Wells Fargo Canada Corporation as administrative agent, and Birks Group Inc. dated April 18, 2019.

4.35*

  

Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement by and among the lenders thereto as lenders, Wells Fargo Canada Corporation as administrative agent, and Birks Group Inc. dated December 20, 2019.

4.36

  

Credit Agreement by and among Crystal Financial LLC, as Agent, the lenders that are parties thereto as the Lenders, and Birks Group Inc. dated as of June 29, 2018. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 20-F filed with the SEC on July 3, 2018.

4.37*

  

Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement by and among by and among the lenders thereto as lenders, Crystal Financial LLC, as agent, and Birks Group Inc. dated as of April 18, 2019.

4.38

  

Employment Agreement dated June 29, 2018 entered into between Birks Group Inc. and Maryame El Bouwab. Incorporated by reference from the Birks Group Inc. Form 6-K filed with the SEC on July 13, 2018.

4.40*

  

Employment Agreement dated December  18, 2019 entered into between Birks Group Inc. and Katia Fontana

4.41*

  

Description of Capital Stock

8.1*

  

Subsidiaries of Birks Group Inc.

12.1*

  

Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a).

12.2*

  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a).

13.1*

  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section  1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

13.2*

  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section  1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

15.1*

  

Consent of KPMG LLP.

101.INS*

  

XBRL Instance Document*

101.SCH*

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document*

101.CAL*

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document*

101.DEF*

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document*

101.LAB*

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document*

101.PRE*

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document*

 

*

Filed herewith.

 

70


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

 

     

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Date: July 8, 2020

     

/s/ Katia Fontana

      Katia Fontana,
      Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

71


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March  28, 2020 and March 30, 2019

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Other Comprehensive Income (loss) for the Fiscal Years Ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors

Birks Group Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Birks Group Inc. (the “Company”) as of March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, other comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2(s) to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases as of March 31, 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842 Leases, using a modified retrospective adoption approach.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP*

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2000.

Montreal, Canada

July 8, 2020

 

*CPA auditor, CA, public accountancy permit No. A131106   

KPMG LLP is a Canadian limited liability partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. KPMG Canada provides services to KPMG LLP

 

F-2


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     As of  
     March 28, 2020     March 30, 2019  
     (In thousands)  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 565     $ 1,179  

Accounts receivable and other receivables

     6,019       3,537  

Inventories

     101,899       91,541  

Prepaids and other current assets

     2,007       2,142  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     110,490       98,399  

Long term receivables

     4,538       1,266  

Property and equipment

     26,613       29,727  

Operating lease right-of-use asset

     64,069       —    

Intangible assets and other assets

     4,942       4,403  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     100,162       35,396  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 210,652     $ 133,795  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Bank indebtedness

   $ 58,035     $ 47,021  

Accounts payable

     48,183       33,264  

Accrued liabilities

     4,661       9,657  

Current portion of long-term debt

     64       993  

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

     5,823       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     116,766       90,935  

Long-term debt

     16,217       16,111  

Long-term portion of operating lease liabilities

     72,636       —    

Other long-term liabilities

     1,623       12,966  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     90,476       29,077  

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Class A common stock – no par value, unlimited shares authorized, issued and outstanding 10,252,911

     35,613       35,593  

Class B common stock – no par value, unlimited shares authorized, issued and outstanding 7,717,970

     57,755       57,755  

Preferred stock – no par value, unlimited shares authorized, none issued

     —         —    

Additional paid-in capital

     19,131       19,120  

Accumulated deficit

     (108,862     (98,473

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (227     (212
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     3,410       13,783  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 210,652     $ 133,795  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

On behalf of the Board of Directors:

 

/s/ Jean-Christophe Bédos    /s/ Frank Di Tomaso
Jean-Christophe Bédos, Director    Frank Di Tomaso, Director

 

F-3


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28, 2020     March 30, 2019     March 31, 2018  
     (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Net sales

   $ 169,420     $ 151,049     $ 146,608  

Cost of sales

     104,943       92,472       90,915  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     64,477       58,577       55,693  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     65,867       67,106       66,754  

Depreciation and amortization

     4,845       3,859       3,264  

Impairment of long-lived assets

     309       46       2,788  

Restructuring charges

     —         1,182       894  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     71,021       72,193       73,700  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (6,544     (13,616     (18,007

Interest and other financial costs

     5,683       4,689       3,988  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (12,227     (18,305     (21,995

Income taxes (benefits)

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

     (12,227     (18,305     (21,995

Discontinued operations:

      

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (552     (381     (1,592

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

     —         —         37,682  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (552     (381     36,090  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (12,779   $ (18,686   $ 14,095  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     17,968       17,961       17,961  

Diluted

     17,968       17,961       18,393  

Net (loss) income per common share:

      

Basic

   $ (0.71   $ (1.04   $ 0.78  

Diluted

     (0.71     (1.04     0.77  

Net (loss) from continuing operations per common share:

      

Basic

   $ (0.68   $ (1.02   $ (1.22

Diluted

     (0.68     (1.02     (1.20

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Consolidated Statements of Other Comprehensive Income (loss)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28, 2020     March 30, 2019     March 31, 2018  
     (In thousands)  

Net (loss) income

   $ (12,779   $ (18,686   $ 14,095  

Other comprehensive (loss) income: Foreign currency translation adjustments (1)

     (15     (86     907  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (12,794   $ (18,772   $ 15,002  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Item that may be reclassified to the Statement of Operations in future periods

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

(In thousands of dollars except shares amounts)

 

     Voting common
stock
outstanding
     Voting
common
stock
     Additional
paid-in capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
    Total  

Balance at March 25, 2017

     17,960,881      $ 93,348      $ 19,060     $ (93,882   $ (1,033   $ 17,493  

Net income

     —          —          —         14,095       —         14,095  

Cumulative translation adjustment(1)

     —          —          —         —         907       907  
              

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

     —          —          —         —         —         15,002  

Re-classification to Net income from discontinued operations

            —          (193     —         —         (193

Compensation expense resulting from stock options granted to Management

     —          —          175       —         —         175  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2018

     17,960,881      $ 93,348      $ 19,042     $ (79,787   $ (126   $ 32,477  

Net loss

     —          —          —         (18,686     —         (18,686

Cumulative translation adjustment(1)

     —          —          —         —         (86     (86
              

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

     —          —          —         —         —         (18,772

Compensation expense resulting from stock options and stock appreciation rights granted to Management

     —          —          78       —         —         78  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 30, 2019

     17,960,881      $ 93,348      $ 19,120     $ (98,473   $ (212   $ 13,783  

Net loss

     —          —          —         (12,779     —         (12,779

Cumulative translation adjustment(1)

     —          —          —         —         (15     (15
              

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

     —          —          —         —         —         (12,794

Exercise of stock options

     10,000        20        (10     —         —         10  

Compensation expense resulting from stock options granted to Management

            —          21       —         —         21  

Cumulative effect of adjustment from adoption Of a new accounting standard (2)

     —          —          —         2,390       —         2,390  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at March 28, 2020

     17,970,881      $ 93,368      $ 19,131     $ (108,862   $ (227   $ 3,410  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The change in cumulative translation adjustments is not due to reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

(2)

As described in Note 2 (p).

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28, 2020     March 30, 2019     March 31, 2018  
     (In thousands)  

Cash flows (used in) from operating activities:

      

Net (loss) income attributable to owners of the Company

   $ (12,779   $ (18,686   $ 14,095  

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations

     (552     (381     36,090  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

     (12,227     (18,305     (21,995

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     4,845       3,859       3,275  

Impairment of long-lived assets

     309       46       2,770  

Amortization of operating lease right of use asset

     2,297       —         —    

Amortization of debt costs

     288       332       298  

Other operating activities, net

     312       364       (89

(Increase) decrease in:

      

Accounts receivable, other receivables and long-term receivables

     (5,415     1,407       (2,907

Inventories

     (10,358     (6,714     130  

Prepaids and other current assets

     135       2,787       (3,100

Increase (decrease) in:

      

Accounts payable

     18,735       5,562       770  

Accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities

     (2,729     6,322       1,100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities from continuing operations

     (3,808     (4,340     (19,748
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities from discontinued operations

     (552     (381     (18,508
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (4,360     (4,721     (38,256
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities:

      

Additions to property and equipment

     (5,832     (11,580     (6,538

Additions to intangible assets and other asset

     (600     (2,031     (2,169
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations

     (6,432     (13,611     (8,707
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities from discontinued operations

     —         —         137,299  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (6,432     (13,611     128,592  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:

      

Increase (decrease) in bank indebtedness

     10,842       10,096       (20,802

Increase in long-term debt

     —         12,500       3,830  

Repayment of long-term debt

     (831     (3,121     (7,396

Leasehold inducements received

     583       —         —    

Repayment of obligations under finance lease in 2020, capital leases 2019 and 2018

     (289     (269     (3,782

Payment of loan origination fees and costs

     —         (591     (794

Other financing activities

     (127     (109     (182

Advance from shareholder

     —         —         3,212  

Proceeds from capital lease funding

     —         —         3,810  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities from continuing operations

     10,178       18,506       (22,104
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities from discontinued operations

     —         —         (69,262
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     10,178       18,506       (91,366
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate on cash

     —         —         (565
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (614     174       (1,595

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     1,179       1,005       2,600  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 565     $ 1,179     $ 1,005  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Interest paid

   $ 3,779     $ 3,654     $ 4,604  

Non-cash transactions:

      

Property and equipment additions acquired through capital leases

   $ —       $ —       $ 1,398  

Property and equipment and intangible assets additions included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 570     $ 4,300     $ 3,133  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

Birks Group Inc. (“Birks Group” or “Birks” or “the Company”) is incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act. The principal business activities of the Company and its subsidiaries are the design and retail sale of prestige jewelry, timepieces and giftware. The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared using a fiscal year which consists of 52 or 53 weeks and ends on the last Saturday in March of each year. The fiscal years ended March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019 includes 52 weeks and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 includes 53 weeks.

 

1.

Basis of presentation:

These consolidated financial statements, which include the accounts of Birks Group Inc. for all periods presented for the fiscal years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018, are reported in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. These principles require management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported and disclosed in the financial statements and related notes.

The most significant estimates and judgments include the assessment of the going concern assumption, the valuation of inventories, accounts receivable, right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities, deferred tax assets, and the recoverability of long-lived assets and right-of-use assets. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Periodically, the Company reviews all significant estimates and assumptions affecting the financial statements relative to current conditions and records the effect of any necessary adjustments. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

On August 11, 2017, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement to sell its wholly-owned subsidiary, Mayors, which operated in Florida and Georgia and was engaged primarily in luxury timepieces and jewelry retail activities. The sale was completed on October 23, 2017 for total consideration of $135.0 million (USD $106.8 million). The activities of Mayors have been segregated and classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of operations and cash flows for all periods presented. This is further described in note 17.

Future operations

These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. The going concern basis of presentation assumes that the Company will continue its operations for the foreseeable future and be able to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. The Company funds its operations primarily through committed financing under its senior secured credit facility and its senior secured term loan described in Note 6. The senior secured credit facility along with the senior secured term loan are used to finance working capital, finance capital expenditures, provide liquidity to fund the Company’s day-to-day operations and for other general corporate purposes.

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the novel coronavirus disease (COVID-19) a pandemic and a global emergency. In response to this pandemic, many government authorities have taken preventative and protective actions to contain the spread of the virus, including imposing restrictions on business operations and travel and advising individuals to limit or forego their time outside of their homes. As a result of the measures adopted by the Canadian Federal and provincial governments to mitigate the spread of the virus, and in order to ensure the health and safety of its employees, customers and the community, the Company temporarily closed all of its retail locations in Canada effective on March 18, 2020 until further notice. This adversely impacted the Company’s operations for the remaining 13 days of fiscal 2020 and the first months of fiscal 2021, through which the Company’s only sales were derived from its e-commerce business as well as its concierge telephone service.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

As a result of these developments, the Company established a cross-functional management team to evaluate and guide its business operations in the context of the COVID-19 pandemic, with a focus on the health and safety of the Company’s employees and clients, business continuity, and managing liquidity. The Company has taken various actions in an attempt to mitigate the financial impacts of COVID-19 in order to conserve cash to finance its ongoing operations. Namely, it has temporarily laid off the majority of its employees without pay, implemented temporary base salary reductions of 20% for its executive officers, reduced its workweek by 20% for the remaining active employees and temporarily reduced Board of Directors compensation by 20%. The Company also took action to substantially reduce its operating costs across all areas of the business, including marketing expenses, negotiated extended credit terms with the majority of its vendors and rent relief with its landlords, and postponed capital expenditures through the first quarter of fiscal year 2021. In addition, the Company is reducing future inventory purchases where possible and working closely with trade and non-trade suppliers to control costs in order to better position the Company for a return to business. The Company has also applied to and received funding from a financial relief program offered by the Federal government, the Canada Emergency Wage Subsidy (“CEWS”), which has partially reimbursed payroll expenses for the period of March 2020 through June 2020.

During May 2020 and through July 2020, the federal and provincial government authorities have started to loosen the protective actions and restrictions imposed at the outset of the pandemic outbreak, thereby allowing the Company to gradually re-open its stores across Canada, and recall certain employees that had been on temporarily lay-off since March 2020. The current economic, business and retail climates are significantly changed since March 2020 and as such, the Company cannot predict the degree to, or the time period over, which its sales and operations will continue to be affected by the pandemic, changes to consumer behavior and spending as a result of the pandemic, and the effects could be material. The Company continues to and expects to continue to operate through its revolving credit facility. However, COVID-19 has resulted in significant disruption to global financial markets, which could have a negative impact on the Company’s ability to access capital in the future. Given the uncertainty, the Company is considering pursuing other actions to enhance its liquidity position.

For fiscal 2020, the Company reported a net loss from continuing operations of $12.2 million and a net loss of $12.8 million. The Company reported a net loss from continuing operations of $18.3 million and $22.0 million (consolidated net loss of $18.7 million and consolidated net income of $14.1 million) for fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively. The Company used cash in operating activities from continuing operations of $3.8 million, $4.3 million, and $19.7 million for fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. The Company also has a negative working capital as at March 28, 2020, an effect of the temporary store shutdowns at the end of fiscal 2020.

On July 8, 2020, the Company secured a new four-year term loan with Investissement Québec in the amount of $10.0 million. The loan bears an interest rate of 3.14% per annum and is repayable in 36 equal payments beginning in July 2021. The term loan with Investissement Québec requires the Company to maintain on an annual basis a working capital ratio (defined as current assets divided by current liabilities excluding the current portion of operating lease liabilities) of at least 1.01. On July 8, 2020, the Company obtained a waiver from Investissement Québec with respect to the requirement to meet the working capital ratio at March 31, 2021. The secured term loan is being used to fund the working capital needs of the Company.

The Company’s ability to meet its cash flow requirements in order to fund its operations is dependent upon its ability to attain profitable operations and/or continued adherence to the terms of its committed financings and maintenance of sufficient availability of funding under its senior secured credit facility and senior secured term loan. The sole financial covenant which the Company is required to adhere to under both its senior secured credit facility and its senior secured term loan is to maintain minimum excess availability of not less than $8.5 million at all times, except that the Company shall not be in breach of this covenant if excess availability falls below $8.5 million for not more than two consecutive business days once during any fiscal month. In the event that excess availability falls below the minimum requirement, this would be considered an event of default under the senior secured credit facility and under the senior secured term loan, that would result in the outstanding balances borrowed under the Company’s senior secured credit facility and senior secured term loan becoming due immediately, which would also result in cross defaults on the Company’s other borrowings.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

Similarly, both the Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility and the senior secured term loan are subject to cross default provisions with all other loans pursuant to which the Company is in default of any other loan, the Company will immediately be in default of both the senior secured revolving credit facility and the senior secured term loan. The Company met its excess availability requirement as of and throughout the year ended March 28, 2020 and as of the date the financial statements were authorized for issuance. In addition, the Company expects to have excess availability of at least $8.5 million for at least the next twelve months from the date of these financial statements.

The Company’s ability to make scheduled payments of principal, or to pay interest, or to fund planned capital expenditures and store operations will also depend on its ability to maintain adequate levels of available borrowing, obtain favorable payment terms from suppliers and its future performance, which to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors, as well as other events that are beyond the Company’s control.

The Company continues to be actively engaged in identifying alternative sources of financing that include raising additional funds through public or private equity, the disposal of assets, and debt financing, including funding from government sources. The incurrence of additional indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that could restrict the Company’s operations. Financing may be unavailable in amounts or on terms acceptable to the Company if at all, which may have a material adverse impact on its business, including its ability to continue as a going concern.

The Company’s lenders under its senior secured credit facility and its senior secured term loan may impose, at any time, discretionary reserves, which would lower the level of borrowing availability under the Company’s credit facilities (customary for asset-based loans), at their reasonable discretion, to: (i) ensure that the Company maintains adequate liquidity for the operation of its business, (ii) cover any deterioration in the amount of value of the collateral, and (iii) reflect impediments to the lenders to realize upon the collateral. There is no limit to the amount of discretionary reserves that the Company’s lenders may impose at their reasonable discretion. No discretionary reserves were imposed during fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 by the Company’s lenders.

Notwithstanding, the Company believes that it will be able to adequately fund its operations and meet its cash flow requirements for at least the next twelve months.

 

2.

Significant accounting policies:

 

(a)

Revenue recognition:

Sales are recognized at the point of sale when merchandise is picked up by the customer or delivered to a customer. Sales to our wholesale customers are recognized upon transfer of control, which occurs upon receipt by the customer. Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are included in net sales.

Revenues for gift certificate sales and store credits are recognized upon redemption. Prior to recognition as a sale, gift certificates are recorded as accounts payable on the balance sheet. Based on historical redemption rates, the Company estimates the portion of outstanding gift certificates (not subject to unclaimed property laws) that will ultimately not be redeemed and records this amount as breakage income. The Company recognizes such breakage income in proportion to redemption rates of the overall population of gift certificates and store credits. Gift certificates and store credits outstanding and subject to unclaimed property laws are maintained as accrued liabilities until remitted in accordance with local ordinances.

Sales of consignment merchandise are recognized at such time as the merchandise is sold, and are recorded on a gross basis because the Company is the primary obligor of the transaction, has general latitude on setting the price, has discretion as to the suppliers, is involved in the selection of the product and has inventory loss risk.

Sales are reported net of returns and sales taxes. The Company generally gives its customers the right to return merchandise purchased by them within 10 to 90 days, depending on the product sold and records a provision at the time of sale for the effect of the estimated returns which is determined based on historical experience.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

Revenues for repair services are recognized when the service is delivered to and accepted by the customer.

Licensing fees are recognized when the product is delivered to and accepted by the customer.

 

(b)

Cost of sales:

Cost of sales includes direct inbound freight and duties, direct labor related to repair services, design and creative (labor and overhead) inventory shrink, inventory thefts, and boxes (jewelry, watch and giftware). Indirect freight including inter-store transfers, purchasing and receiving costs, distribution costs and warehousing costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Mark down dollars received from vendors are recorded as a reduction of inventory costs to the specific items to which they apply and are recognized in cost of sales once the items are sold.

 

(c)

Cash and cash equivalents:

The Company utilizes a cash management system under which a book cash overdraft may exist in its primary disbursement account. These overdrafts, when applicable, represent uncleared checks in excess of cash balance in the bank account at the end of a reporting period and have been reclassified to accounts payable on the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Amounts receivable from credit card issuers are included in cash and cash equivalents and are typically converted to cash within 2 to 4 days of the original sales transaction. These amounts totaled $0.6 million at March 28, 2020 and $1.2 million at March 30, 2019.

 

(d)

Accounts receivable:

Accounts receivable arise primarily from customers’ use of our private label and proprietary credit cards and wholesale sales. Several installment sales plans are offered to our private label credit card holders and proprietary credit card holders which vary as to repayment terms and finance charges. Finance charges on the Company’s consumer credit receivables, when applicable, accrue at rates ranging from 0% to 9.99% per annum for financing plans. The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts associated with the accounts receivable recorded on the balance sheet for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The allowance is determined based on a combination of factors including, but not limited to, the length of time that the receivables are past due, the Company’s knowledge of the customer, economic and market conditions and historical write-off experiences. The Company classifies a receivable account as past due if a required payment amount has not been received within the allotted time frame (generally 30 days), after which internal collection efforts commence. Once all internal collection efforts have been exhausted and management has reviewed the account, the account sent for external collection or legal action. Upon the suspension of the accrual of interest, interest income is recognized to the extent cash payments received exceed the balance of the principal amount owed on the account. After all collection efforts have been exhausted, including internal and external collection efforts, an account is written off.

The Company guarantees a portion of its private label credit card sales to its credit card vendor. The Company maintains a liability associated with these outstanding amounts. Similar to the allowance for doubtful accounts, the liability related to these guaranteed sales amounts are based on a combination of factors including the length of time the receivables are past due to the Company’s credit card vendor, the Company’s knowledge of the customer, economic and market conditions and historical write-off experiences of similar credits. If the financial conditions of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

 

(e)

Inventories:

Finished goods inventories and inventories of raw materials are valued at the lower of average cost (which includes material, labor and overhead costs) or market. The Company records provisions for lower of cost or market, damaged goods, and slow-moving inventory. The cost of inbound freight and duties are included in the carrying value of the inventories.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

The allowance for inventory shrink is estimated for the period from the last physical inventory date to the end of the reporting period on a store by store basis and at our distribution centers. The shrink rate from the most recent physical inventory, in combination with historical experience, is the basis for providing a shrink allowance. Inventory is written down for estimated slow moving inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based on assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

 

(f)

Property and equipment:

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less any impairment charges. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to selling, general and administrative expenses as incurred, while expenditures for major renewals and improvements are capitalized. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

 

Asset

  

Period

Leasehold improvements    Lesser of term of the lease or the economic life
Software and electronic equipment    1 - 6 years
Furniture and fixtures    5 - 8 years
Equipment    3 - 8 years

 

(g)

Intangible assets and other assets:

Eligible costs incurred during the development stage of information systems projects are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the related project and presented as part of intangible assets and other assets on the Company’s balance sheet. Eligible costs include those related to the purchase, development, and installation of the related software.

Intangible assets and other assets also consist of trademarks and tradenames, which are amortized using the straight-line method over a period of 15 to 20 years. The Company had $5.8 million and $5.2 million of intangible assets at cost as at March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, respectively. The Company had $0.9 million and $0.8 million of accumulated amortization of intangibles at March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, respectively.

 

(h)

Leases:

We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. The amounts of the Company’s operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and current and long-term portion of operating lease liabilities are presented separately on the balance sheet as of March 28, 2020. Finance leases are included in property and equipment and long-term debt on the balance sheet.

ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the estimated rate of interest for collateralized borrowing over a similar term of the lease payments in order to measure its lease liabilities at commencement date. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives.

The Company leases office, distribution, and retail facilities. Certain retail store leases may require the payment of minimum rentals and contingent rent based on a percentage of sales exceeding a stipulated amount. The Company’s lease agreements expire at various dates through 2034, are subject, in many cases, to renewal options and provide for the payment of taxes, insurance and maintenance. Certain leases contain escalation clauses resulting from the pass through of increases in operating costs, property taxes and the effect on costs from changes in consumer price indices, which are considered as variable costs.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

The Company determines its lease payments based on predetermined rent escalations, rent-free periods and other incentives. The Company recognizes lease expense on a straight-line basis over the related terms of such leases, including any rent-free period and beginning from when the Company takes possession of the leased facility. Variable operating lease expenses, including contingent rent based on a percentage of sales, CAM charges, rent related taxes, mall advertising and adjustments to consumer price indices, are recorded in the period such amounts and adjustments are determined. Lease expense is recorded within selling, general and administrative expenses in the statement of operations.

Lease arrangements occasionally include renewal options. The Company uses judgment when assessing the renewal options in the leases and assesses whether or not it is reasonably certain to exercise these renewal options if they are within the control of the Company. Any renewal options not reasonably certain to be exercised are excluded from the lease term.

The Company monitors for events or changes in circumstances that require a reassessment of one of its leases. ROU assets, as part of the group of assets, are periodically reviewed for impairment. The Company uses the long-lived assets impairment guidance in ASC Subtopic 360-10, Property, Plant and Equipment – Overall, to determine whether an ROU asset is impaired, and if so, the amount of the impairment loss to recognize.

 

(i)

Deferred financing costs:

The Company amortizes deferred financing costs incurred in connection with its financing agreements using the effective interest method over the term of the related financing. Such deferred costs are presented as a reduction to bank indebtedness and long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

(j)

Warranty accrual:

The Company provides warranties on its private label jewelry and watches for periods extending up to five years and has a battery replacement policy for its private label watches. The Company accrues a liability based on its historical repair costs for such warranties.

 

(k)

Income taxes:

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of (a) temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial statement reporting purposes and the bases for income tax purposes, and (b) operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred income tax assets are evaluated and, if realization is not considered to be more-likely-than-not, a valuation allowance is provided (see note 9(a)).

 

(l)

Foreign exchange:

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rates prevailing at the respective transaction dates. Revenue and expenses denominated in foreign currencies are translated at average rates prevailing during the year. Foreign exchange gains (losses) of ($1.2) million, ($0.1) million, and $0.3 million were recorded in cost of goods sold for the years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018, respectively and ($0.5) million, ($0.3) million, and $0.1 million of gains (losses) on foreign exchange were recorded in interest and other financial costs related to U.S. dollar denominated debts for the years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018, respectively.

 

(m)

Impairment of long-lived assets:

The Company periodically reviews the estimated useful lives of its depreciable assets and changes in useful lives are made on a prospective basis unless factors indicate the carrying amounts of the assets may not be recoverable and an impairment write-down is necessary. However, the Company will review its long-lived assets for impairment once events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of an asset and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying value. Measurement of an impairment loss for such long-lived assets would be based on the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the asset, with fair value being determined based upon discounted cash

 

F-13


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

flows or appraised values, depending on the nature of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. The Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of long-lived assets of $0.3 million during fiscal 2020. These charges are associated to store leases that have a possibility of early termination. The Company recorded non-cash impairment charges on long-lived assets of $0.1 million and $2.8 million during fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively. In fiscal 2019, these charges were related to the leasehold improvements at a retail location due to projected operating performance. In fiscal 2018, these charges were related to the leasehold improvements at a retail location due to projected operating performance and certain software costs associated with a decision to modify and delay the scope of the implementation of the Company’s new ERP system.

 

(n)

Advertising and marketing costs:

Advertising and marketing costs are generally charged to expense as incurred and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company and its vendors participate in cooperative advertising programs in which the vendors reimburse the Company for a portion of certain specific advertising costs which are netted against advertising expense in selling, general and administrative expenses, and amounted to $1.1 million, $1.0 million and $1.1 million for each of the years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018, respectively. Advertising and marketing expense, net of vendor cooperative advertising allowances, amounted to $7.5 million, $8.7 million, and $9.5 million in the years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018, respectively.

 

(o)

Earnings per common share:

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed as net earnings divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS includes the dilutive effect of the assumed exercise of stock options and warrants.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted (loss) earnings per common share for the years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28, 2020      March 30, 2019      March 31, 2018  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Basic (loss) income per common share computation:

        

Numerator:

        

Net (loss) income

   $ (12,779    $ (18,686    $ 14,095  

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     17,968        17,961        17,961  

(Loss) income per common share

   $ (0.71    $ (1.04    $ 0.78  

Diluted (loss) income per common share computation:

        

Numerator:

        

Net (loss) income

   $ (12,779    $ (18,686    $ 14,095  

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     17,968        17,961        17,961  

Dilutive effect of stock options and warrants

     —          —          432  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – diluted

     17,968        17,961        18,393  

Diluted (loss) income per common share

   $ (0.71    $ (1.04    $ 0.77  

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted (loss) earnings from continuing operations per common share for the years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28, 2020      March 30, 2019      March 31, 2018  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Basic (loss) from continuing operations per common share computation:

        

Numerator:

        

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (12,227    $ (18,305    $ (21,995

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     17,968        17,961        17,961  

Loss per common share

   $ (0.68    $ (1.02    $ (1.22

Diluted income per common share computation:

        

Numerator:

        

Net loss

   $ (12,227    $ (18,305    $ (21,995

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     17,968        17,961        17,961  

Dilutive effect of stock options and warrants

     —          —          432  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – diluted

     17,968        17,961        18,393  

Diluted loss per common share

   $ (0.68    $ (1.02    $ (1.20

 

F-15


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

For the year ended March 28, 2020, the effect from the assumed exercise of 704,818 Class A voting shares underlying outstanding stock options and 382,693 Class A voting shares underlying outstanding warrants was excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share due to their antidilutive effect. For the year ended March 30, 2019, the effect from the assumed exercise of 288,000 Class A voting shares underlying outstanding stock options and 382,693 Class A voting shares underlying outstanding warrants was excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share due to their antidilutive effect. For the year ended March 31, 2018, the effect from the assumed exercise of 381,487 Class A voting shares underlying outstanding stock options and 382,693 Class A voting shares underlying outstanding warrants was excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share due to their antidilutive effect.

 

(p)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements adopted during the year:

In February 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-02 - Leases (Topic 842). The new guidance primarily impacts lessee accounting by requiring the recognition of a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability on the balance sheet for long-term lease agreements. The lease liability will be equal to the present value of all reasonably certain lease payments. The right-of-use asset will be based on the liability, subject to adjustment for initial direct costs. Lease agreements that are 12 months or less are permitted to be excluded from the balance sheet. Leases are classified as finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. In general, leases are amortized on a straight-line basis with the exception of finance lease agreements.

The Company adopted this ASU on March 31, 2019 by applying its provisions prospectively and recognizing a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit as of March 31, 2019 (modified retrospective adoption approach). The Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, which provides that an entity need not reassess: (i) whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, (ii) the lease classification for any expired or existing leases, and (iii) initial direct costs for any existing leases. The Company also elected to not reassess lease terms using hindsight and to combine lease and non-lease components for new leases subsequent to March 31, 2019. The Company also elected to exclude any lease agreements that are 12 months or less from the balance sheet.

The adoption of ASU 2017-02 resulted in the following impacts to the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2019:

 

   

The establishment of an operating lease liability of $76.8 million and a corresponding operating lease right-of-use asset;

 

   

The reclassification of existing deferred lease inducements balance of $6.8 million and deferred straight-line rent of $4.3 million from Other long-term liabilities to Operating lease right-of-use assets; and

 

   

The reclassification of deferred gains on sale-leasebacks of $2.4 million previously recorded in other long-term liabilities, to opening retained earnings.

The Company is also obligated under finance leases, which cover certain machinery and IT equipment. The leases expire at various dates during the next 5 years. There have been no changes to finance leases due to the adoption of this standard.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements not yet adopted:

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13-Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326), which amends guidance on reporting credit losses for assets held at amortized cost basis and available for sale debt securities. For assets held at amortized cost, the new guidance eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold in current GAAP and, instead, requires an entity to reflect its current estimate of all expected credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to present the net amount expected to be collected. ASU 2016-13 will affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off balance sheet credit exposures, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2019. Management continues to evaluate the impact of this ASU on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15-Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software: Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That is a Service Contract. ASU 2018-15 aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs in such cloud computing arrangements with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. Entities can choose to adopt the new guidance prospectively or retrospectively. Management continues to evaluate the impact of this ASU on the consolidated financial statements.

 

3.

Accounts receivable and other receivables:

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, at March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019 consist of the following:

 

     As of  
     March 28, 2020      March 30, 2019  
     (In thousands)  

Customer trade receivables

   $ 4,119      $ 1,268  

Other receivables

     1,900        2,269  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,019      $ 3,537  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Continuity of the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance March 25, 2017

   $ 286  

Additional provisions recorded

     227  
  

 

 

 

Balance March 31, 2018

     513  

Additional provisions recorded

     170  

Net write offs

     (249
  

 

 

 

Balance March 30, 2019

     434  

Additional provisions recorded

     857  

Net write offs

     (326
  

 

 

 

Balance March 28, 2020

   $ 965  
  

 

 

 

Other receivables mainly relate to receivables from wholesale revenue and tenant allowances receivable from certain landlords.

Certain sales plans relating to customers’ use of Birks credit cards provide for revolving lines of credit and /or installment plans under which the payment terms exceed one year. The receivables repayable within a timeframe exceeding one year included under such plans, amounted to approximately $4.7 million and $1.3 million at March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, respectively, which are not included in customer trade receivables outlined above, and are included in long-term receivables on the Company’s balance sheet.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

4.

Inventories:

Inventories, net of obsolescence reserve, are summarized as follows:

 

     As of  
     March 28, 2020      March 30, 2019  
     (In thousands)  

Raw materials and work in progress

   $ 1,174      $ 2,064  

Finished goods

     100,725        89,477  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 101,899      $ 91,541  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Continuity of the obsolescence reserve for inventory is as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance March 25, 2017

   $ 1,781  

Additional charges

     763  

Deductions

     (625
  

 

 

 

Balance March 31, 2018

     1,919  

Additional charges

     647  

Deductions

     (671
  

 

 

 

Balance March 30, 2019

     1,895  

Additional charges

     342  

Deductions

     (390
  

 

 

 

Balance March 28, 2020

   $ 1,847  
  

 

 

 

 

5.

Property and equipment:

The components of property and equipment are as follows:

 

     As of  
     March 28, 2020      March 30, 2019  
     (In thousands)  

Leasehold improvements

     34,626        33,745  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     13,327        13,269  

Software and electronic equipment

     9,203        12,378  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     57,156        59,392  

Accumulated depreciation and impairment charges

     (30,543      (29,665
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 26,613      $ 29,727  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company wrote off $4.2 million of gross fixed assets that were fully amortized during the year ended March 28, 2020 (March 30, 2019 - $5.8 million), mostly related to leasehold improvements. Property and equipment, having a cost of $0.7 million and a net book value of $0.5 million at March 28, 2020, and a cost of $1.1 million and a net book value of $0.7 million at March 30, 2019, are under finance leasing arrangements.

 

6.

Bank indebtedness:

As of March 28, 2020, and March 30, 2019, bank indebtedness consisted solely of amounts owing under the Company’s senior secured credit facility, which had an outstanding balance of $58.0 million ($58.4 million net of $0.4 million of deferred financing costs) and $47.0 million ($47.6 million net of $0.6 million of deferred financing costs), respectively. The Company’s senior secured credit facility is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets. The Company’s excess borrowing capacity was $12.9 million as of March 28, 2020 and $14.4 million as of March 30, 2019. The Company met its excess availability requirements throughout fiscal 2020, and as of the date of these financial statements.

The Company’s ability to fund its operations and meet its cash flow requirements is dependent upon its ability to maintain positive excess availability under its $85.0 million senior secured credit facility with Wells Fargo Canada Corporation. The senior secured credit facility, which matures in October 2022, also provides the Company with an accordion option to increase the total commitments thereunder by up to $13.0 million.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

The Company will only have the ability to exercise this accordion option if it has the required borrowing capacity at such time. The senior secured credit facility bears interest at a rate of CDOR plus a spread ranging from 1.5% - 3.0% depending on the Company’s excess availability levels. Under the senior secured credit facility, the sole financial covenant which the Company is required to adhere to is to maintain minimum excess availability of not less than $8.5 million at all times, except that the Company shall not be in breach of this covenant if excess availability falls below $8.5 million for not more than two consecutive business days once during any fiscal month. The Company’s excess availability was above $8.5 million throughout the fiscal year ended March 28, 2020.

On June 29, 2018, the Company secured a $12.5 million senior secured term loan with Crystal Financial LLC (“Crystal”). The senior secured term loan, which matures in October 2022, is subordinated in lien priority to the Company’s senior secured credit facility and bears interest at a rate of CDOR plus 8.25%. Under the senior secured term loan, the Company is required to adhere to the same financial covenant as under the senior secured credit facility (maintain minimum excess availability of not less than $8.5 million at all times, except that the Company shall not be in breach of this covenant if excess availability falls below $8.5 million for not more than two consecutive business days once during any fiscal month). In addition, the senior secured term loan includes seasonal availability blocks imposed from December 20th to January 20th of each year of $9.5 million and from January 21st to February 20th of each year of $4.5 million. The long-term senior secured term loan is required to be repaid upon maturity.

The Company’s borrowing capacity under both its senior secured credit facility and its senior secured term loan is based upon the value of the Company’s inventory and accounts receivable, which is periodically assessed by its lenders and based upon these reviews the Company’s borrowing capacity could be significantly increased or decreased.

Both the Company’s senior secured credit facility and its senior secured term loan are subject to cross default provisions with all other loans pursuant to which if the Company is in default of any other loan, the Company will immediately be in default of both its senior secured credit facility and its senior secured term loan. In the event that excess availability falls below $8.5 million for more than two consecutive business days once during any fiscal month, this would be considered an event of default under the Company’s senior secured credit facility and its senior secured term loan, that provides the lenders the right to require the outstanding balances borrowed under the Company’s senior secured credit facility and its senior secured term loan become due immediately, which would result in cross defaults on the Company’s other borrowings. The Company expects to have excess availability of at least $8.5 million for at least the next twelve months from the date of issuance of these financial statements.

The Company’s senior secured credit facility and its senior secured term loan also contain limitations on the Company’s ability to pay dividends, more specifically, among other limitations; the Company can pay dividends only at certain excess borrowing capacity thresholds. The Company is required to either i) maintain excess availability of at least 40% of the borrowing base in the month preceding payment or ii) maintain excess availably of at least 25% of the line cap and maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of at least 1.10 to 1.00. Other than these financial covenants related to paying dividends, the terms of the Company’s secured credit facility and its senior secured term loan provide that no financial covenants are required to be met other than already described.

The Company’s lenders under its senior secured credit facility and its senior secured term loan may impose, at any time, discretionary reserves, which would lower the level of borrowing availability under its credit facilities (customary for asset-based loans), at their reasonable discretion, to: i) ensure that the Company maintains adequate liquidity for the operations of its business, ii) cover any deterioration in the value of the collateral, and iii) reflect impediments to the lenders to realize upon the collateral. There is no limit to the amount of discretionary reserves that the Company’s lenders may impose at their reasonable discretion. No discretionary reserves were imposed during fiscal year 2020 by the Company’s lenders.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

The information concerning the Company’s bank indebtedness is as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28, 2020     March 30, 2019  
     (In thousands)  

Maximum borrowing outstanding during the year

   $ 64,702     $ 55,596  

Average outstanding balance during the year

   $ 56,001     $ 44,772  

Weighted average interest rate for the year

     4.2     3.9

Effective interest rate at year-end

     3.8     4.2

As security for the bank indebtedness, the Company has provided some of its lenders the following: (i) general assignment of all accounts receivable, other receivables and trademarks; (ii) general security agreements on all of the Company’s assets; (iii) insurance on physical assets in a minimum amount equivalent to the indebtedness, assigned to the lenders; (iv) a mortgage on moveable property (general) under the Civil Code (Québec) of $200.0 million; (v) lien on machinery, equipment and molds and dies; and (vi) a pledge of trademarks and stock of the Company’s subsidiaries.

 

7.

Long-term debt:

 

(a)

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

     As of  
     March 28, 2020      March 30, 2019  
     (In thousands)  

Term loan from Crystal Financial LLC, bearing interest at an annual rate of CDOR plus 8.25%, repayable at maturity in October 2022, secured by the assets of the Company (net of deferred financing costs of $272,000 and $378,000, respectively). Refer to note 6 for additional information

     12,228        12,122  

USD $1.5 million cash advance owing to the Company’s controlling shareholder, Montel, bearing interest at an annual rate of 11%, net of withholding taxes (note 15(c))

     2,109        2,005  

USD $2.5 million loan owing to the Company’s controlling shareholder, Montel, bearing interest at an annual rate of 11%, net of withholding taxes (note 15(c))

     1,757        1,670  

$5 million term loan from Investissement Québec, bearing interest at an annual rate of Canadian prime plus 7.0% and secured by the assets of the Company, repaid on June 5, 2019. .

     —          578  

$2 million term loan from Investissement Québec, bearing interest at an annual rate of Canadian prime plus 10% and secured by the assets of the Company, repaid on June 5, 2019

     —          253  

Obligations under finance leases, at annual interest rates between 2.2% and 3.3%, secured by leasehold improvements, furniture, and equipment, maturing at various dates to June 2025.

     187        476  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     16,281        17,104  

Current portion of long-term debt

     64        993  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 16,217      $ 16,111  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

(b)

Future minimum lease payments for finance leases required in the following five years are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending March:

  

2021

   $ 76  

2022

     71  

2023

     55  

2024

     20  

2025

     4  
  

 

 

 
     226  
  

 

 

 

Less imputed interest

     39  
  

 

 

 
   $ 187  
  

 

 

 

 

(c)

Principal payments on long-term debt required in the following five years and thereafter, including obligations under finance leases, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending March:

  

2021

   $ 64  

2022

     1,814  

2023

     12,546  

2024

     17  

2025

     3  

Thereafter

     2,109  
  

 

 

 
   $ 16,553  
  

 

 

 

 

(d)

As of March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, the Company had $0.9 million, and $1.0 million of outstanding letters of credit which were provided to certain lenders, respectively.

 

8.

Benefit plans and stock-based compensation:

 

(a)

Stock option plans and arrangements:

 

  (i)

The Company can issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, deferred share units and restricted stock units to executive management, key employees and directors under the following stock-based compensation plans. The Company’s stock trades on the NYSE American and is valued in USD, as such all prices in this note will be denominated in USD.

The Company has a Long-Term Incentive Plan under which awards may be made in order to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to employees and to promote the success of the Company. Any employee or consultant selected by the administrator is eligible for any type of award provided for under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, except that incentive stock options may not be granted to consultants. The Long-Term Incentive Plan provided for the grant of units and performance units or share awards. As of March 28, 2020, there were 96,000 cash-based stock appreciation rights that were exercisable under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. The stock appreciation rights outstanding under the Long-Term Incentive Plan have a weighted average exercise price of $1.11. The Company has not made any grants under this incentive plan in the past three years.

As of March 28, 2020, there were stock options to purchase 560,000 Class A voting shares outstanding under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. During fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 no stock options were issued under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. As of March 28, 2020, 100% of the outstanding stock options were fully vested, accordingly unrecognized compensation relating to these options are nil. Total compensation cost for options recognized in expenses was ($26,000), $10,000 and $50,000 during fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. This plan expired in February 2016 and no further awards will be granted under this plan. However, the Long-Term Incentive Plan will remain in effect until the outstanding awards issued under the plan terminate or expire by their terms.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

On August 15, 2016, the Board of Directors adopted the Company’s Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus LTIP”), and same was approved by the Company’s shareholders on September 21, 2016. Further to the Omnibus LTIP, the Company’s directors, officers, senior executives and other employees of the Company or one of its subsidiaries, consultants and service providers providing ongoing services to the Company and its affiliates may from time-to-time be granted various types of compensation awards, as same are further described below. The Omnibus LTIP is meant to replace the Company’s former equity awards plans. A total of 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class A voting shares are reserved for issuance under the Omnibus LTIP. In no event shall the Company issue Class A voting shares, or awards requiring the Company to issue Class A voting shares, pursuant to the Omnibus LTIP if such issuance, when combined with the Class A voting shares issuable upon the exercise of awards granted under the Company’s former plan or any other equity awards plan of the Company, would exceed 1,796,088 Class A voting shares, unless such issuance of Class A voting shares or awards is approved by the shareholders of the Company. This limit shall not restrict however, the Company’s ability to issue awards under the Omnibus LTIP that are payable other than in shares. As of March 28, 2020, there were stock options to purchase 142,000 Class A voting shares outstanding under the Omnibus LTIP, all of which were granted during fiscal 2017, with a three year vesting period, with an average exercise price of $1.43 and an expiration date of 10 years after the grant date. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of the options granted during fiscal 2017 was $1.34. The fair value of the issued options in fiscal 2017 was calculated as of the date of their grant, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: Dividend yield – 0%; Expected volatility – 114.63%; Risk-free interest rate –2.2%; and expected term in years – 10 years. As of March 28, 2020, 100% of the outstanding stock options were fully vested, accordingly unrecognized compensation relating to these options are nil. Total compensation cost for options recognized in expenses was $21,000, $68,000, and $179,000 during fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

The Company has outstanding employee stock options issued under the Birks Employee Stock Option Plan (the “Birks ESOP”). Effective November 15, 2005, no awards are permitted to be granted under the Birks ESOP. However, the Birks ESOP will remain in effect until the outstanding awards issued under the plan terminate or expire by their terms. In March 2010, the Company offered employees who held options under this plan the right to amend their current options. The amended options terms would be consistent with the original grant except that the new options would have a lower exercise price, be exercisable for a lesser number of the Company’s Class A voting shares, have a new ten-year term and be subject to different terms in the event of a change in control or if the Company had a going-private transaction. The amended options have an exercise price of $1.05 per share. As of March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018 there were 2,818, 3,060, and 5,666, Class A voting shares underlying options granted under the Birks ESOP, respectively. No compensation expense was required to be recorded related to the amended option transaction and no compensation expense was required to be recorded for the outstanding option under this plan for the years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018.

The following is a summary of the activity of Birks’ stock option plans and arrangements.

 

     Options      Weighted average
exercise price
 

Outstanding March 25, 2017

     874,162      $ 1.13  

Equity cash-out payment(a)

     (60,000      1.08  

Forfeited

     (496      1.05  
  

 

 

    

Outstanding March 31, 2018

     813,666        1.13  

Equity cash-out payment(b)

     (51,400      1.00  

Forfeited

     (21,206      1.11  
  

 

 

    

Outstanding March 30, 2019

     741,060        1.14  

Exercised

     (10,000      0.78  

Forfeited

     (26,242      1.43  
  

 

 

    

Outstanding March 28, 2020

     704,818      $ 1.13  
  

 

 

    

 

(a)

In connection with the Aurum Transaction, the Company offered an equity cash-out payment of $54,000 (USD$42,000) to a former senior executive for 35,000 options under the Long-term incentive plan and 25,000 options under the Omnibus LTIP.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

(b)

In connection with its restructuring initiative, the Company offered an equity cash-out payment of $20,000 (USD$16,000) to a former senior executive for 35,000 options under the Long-term incentive plan, 14,000 options under the Omnibus LTIP and 2,400 options under the Birks ESOP.

A summary of the status of Birks’ stock options at March 28, 2020 is presented below:

 

 

  

Options outstanding

    

Options exercisable

 

Exercise price

  

Number

outstanding

  

Weighted

average

remaining

life

(years)

   Weighted
average
exercise
price
    

Number

exercisable

   Weighted
average
exercise
price
 

$0.78

   165,000    5.5    $ 0.78      165,000    $ 0.78  

$0.84

   100,000    3.1      0.84      100,000      0.84  

$0.89

   25,000    2.6      0.89      25,000      0.89  

$1.04

   150,000    1.8      1.04      150,000      1.04  

$1.05

   2,818    0.0      1.05      2,818      1.05  

$1.25

   30,000    0.5      1.25      30,000      1.25  

$1.43

   142,000    6.6      1.43      142,000      1.43  

$1.66

   40,000    3.5      1.66      40,000      1.66  

$1.94

   50,000    4.8      1.94      50,000      1.94  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 
   704,818    4.2    $ 1.13      704,818    $ 1.13  
  

 

        

 

  

 

(ii)

Under plans approved by the former Board of Directors of Mayors, the Company had outstanding stock options issued to employees and members of the Company’s Board of Directors. During fiscal 2019, the remaining 41 options were settled in cash for an average of $0.78 per option and no options remain outstanding. No further awards will be granted under these plans. No compensation expense was required to be recorded related to the options outstanding under this program for the years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018, respectively.

The following is a summary of the activity of Mayors stock option plans:

 

     Options      Weighted average
exercise price
 

Outstanding March 25, 2017

   $ 627      $ 1.05  

Settled in cash

     (586      1.05  
  

 

 

    

Outstanding March 31, 2018

     41        1.05  

Settled in cash

     (41      0.78  
  

 

 

    

Outstanding March 30, 2019

   $ 0      $ 0.00  
  

 

 

    

 

(b)

As of March 28, 2020, the Company had outstanding warrants exercisable into 382,693 shares of the Company’s Class A voting shares. These warrants have a weighted average exercise price of $3.42 per share and expire on August 20, 2022. As of November 1, 2005, these awards were fully vested and no additional compensation expense will be recognized.

 

(c)

Restricted stock units and deferred share unit plans:

On November 15, 2016, the Company issued 121,500 cash settled restricted stock units (RSU) to members of senior management under the Omnibus LTIP. These units vest after three years and expire one month following the vesting date. Compensation expense is based on the fair value of the RSU and the liability is re-measured at each reporting period. During fiscal 2020, all of the units were exercised. At March 28, 2020, there were no outstanding RSU’s (March 30, 2019 – 102,000 RSU outstanding).

On October 7, 2019, June 20, 2019, September 14, 2018, September 7, 2017 and November 15, 2016, the Company also issued 157,890, 86,954, 133,588, 74,466 and 55,944 of cash settled deferred share units (DSU) to members of the board of directors. During fiscal 2020, 36,715 DSU’s were exercised following the retirement of a board member. At March 28, 2020, 465,134 DSU’s are outstanding (March 30, 2019 –257,005 DSU’s outstanding). These units vest immediately upon the date the member ceases being a director and expire on December 31 of the following year. Compensation expense is based on the fair value of the DSU and the liability is re-measured at each reporting period.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

As at March 28, 2020, the Company has recognized a liability of $123,000 in relation to these units (March 30, 2019 - $272,000). Total compensation cost for options recognized in expenses was $48,000 during fiscal 2020, $146,000 during fiscal 2019 and $81,000 during fiscal 2018.

A summary of the status of Birks’ restricted stock units and deferred share units at March 28, 2020 is presented below:

 

     DSU  

Outstanding March 25, 2017

     55,944  

Grants of new units

     74,466  
  

 

 

 

Outstanding March 31, 2018

     130,410  

Grants of new units

     133,588  

Forfeited

     (6,993
  

 

 

 

Outstanding March 30, 2019

     257,005  

Grants of new units

     244,844  

Forfeited

     (36,715
  

 

 

 

Outstanding March 28, 2020

     465,134  
     RSU  

Outstanding March 25, 2017

     121,500  

Settled in cash

     (9,500
  

 

 

 

Outstanding March 31, 2018

     112,000  

Settled in cash

     (5,500

Forfeited

     (4,500
  

 

 

 

Outstanding March 30, 2019

     102,000  

Settled in cash

     (102,000
  

 

 

 

Outstanding March 28, 2020

     0  

 

9.

Income taxes:

 

(a)

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of March 28, 2020, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions due to available tax loss carry forwards. The tax years 2013 through 2020 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject.

The Company evaluates its deferred tax assets to determine if any adjustments to its valuation allowances are required. As part of this analysis, the Company could not reach the required conclusion that it would be able to more likely than not realize the value of net deferred tax assets in the future. As a result, the Company has a non-cash valuation allowance of $22.5 million against the majority of the Company’s net deferred tax assets.

The significant items comprising the Company’s net deferred tax assets at March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019 are as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28, 2020      March 30, 2019  
Deferred tax assets:    (In thousands)  

Loss and tax credit carry forwards

   $ 14,987      $ 14,053  

Difference between book and tax basis of property and equipment

     3,674        4,036  

Operating lease right-of-use asset

     3,820        —    

Other reserves not currently deductible

     136        151  

Expenses not currently deductible

     —          1,153  

Other

     (142      (117
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance

     22,475        19,276  

Valuation allowance

     (22,475      (19,276
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

The Company’s income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following components:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28, 2020      March 30, 2019      March 31, 2018  
     (In thousands)  

Income tax expense (benefit):

        

Current

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

Deferred

     (3,195      (4,769      (5,922

Valuation allowance

     3,195        4,769        5,922  

Income tax expense

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

The Company’s current tax payable was nil at March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018.

The Company’s provision for income taxes varies from the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rates for the reasons summarized below:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28, 2020     March 30, 2019     March 31, 2018  

Canadian statutory rate

     26.6     26.8     26.6

Rate differential for U.S. operations

     0.0     0.1     0.4

Utilization of unrecognized losses and other tax attributes

     (26.4 %)      (26.2 %)      (27.1 %) 

Permanent differences and other

     (0.2 %)      (0.7 %)      0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     0     0     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(b)

At March 30, 2020, the Company had federal non-capital losses of $53.5 million available to reduce future Canadian federal taxable income and investment tax credits (“ITC’s”) in Canada of $260,000 available to reduce future Canadian federal income taxes payable which will expire between 2022 and 2040. The Company also has capital losses of $1.4 million available to reduce future Canadian capital gains. The capital losses will not expire.

 

10.

Capital stock:

Authorized capital stock of the Company consists of an unlimited number of no par value preferred shares and two classes of common stock outstanding: Class A and Class B. Class A voting shares receive one vote per share. The Class B multiple voting shares have substantially the same rights as the Class A voting shares except that each share of Class B multiple voting shares receives 10 votes per share. The issued and outstanding shares are as follows:

 

F-25


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

     Class A common stock      Class B common stock      Total common stock  
     Number of
Shares
     Amount      Number of
Shares
     Amount      Number of
Shares
     Amount  

Balance as of March 31, 2018

     10,242,911      $ 35,593        7,717,970      $ 57,755        17,960,881      $ 93,348  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

     —          —          —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of March 30, 2019

     10,242,911      $ 35,593        7,717,970      $ 57,755        17,960,881      $ 93,348  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

     10,000        20        —          —          10,000        20  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of March 28, 2020

     10,252,911      $ 35,613        7,717,970      $ 57,755        17,970,881      $ 93,368  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

11.

Restructuring Charges:

During fiscal 2020 the Company did not incur any restructuring charges. During fiscal 2019 the Company incurred $1.2 million of restructuring charges associated with the Company’s right-sizing initiative put in place subsequent to the Aurum Transaction. The $1.2 million of charges incurred during the period were primarily associated with severance costs as the Company eliminated certain head office positions to further increase efficiency and to align corporate functions with strategic direction following the Aurum Transaction. During fiscal 2018 the Company recorded approximately $0.9 million of restructuring charges. These charges were primarily associated with severance related to the elimination of certain corporate administrative positions. Costs associated with restructuring activities are recorded when the liability is incurred or when such costs are deemed probable and estimable and represent the Company’s best estimate. Restructuring charges of nil and $0.8 million were recorded within accrued expenses in the balance sheet as of March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, respectively.

 

12.

Leases:

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings were as follows:

 

     52 weeks ended
March 28, 2020
 
     (in thousands)  

Fixed operating lease expense

   $  12,704  

Variable operating lease expense

     4,437  
  

 

 

 

Total lease expense

   $  17,141  
  

 

 

 

Variable operating lease expense includes percentage rent, taxes, mall advertising and common area maintenance charges. Rent expense from continuing operations for the Company was approximately $15.4 million for year ended March 30, 2019, and $14.3 million for year ended March 31, 2018.

The weighted average remaining operating lease term was six years and the weighted average discount rate was 10.0% for all of the Company’s operating leases as of March 28, 2020.

The following table provides supplemental cash flow information related to the Company’s operating leases

 

     52 weeks ended  
     March 28, 2020  
     (in thousands)  

Cash outflows from operating activities attributable to operating leases

   $  10,245  

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities

     3,509  

 

F-26


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

The following table reconciles the undiscounted cash flows expected to be paid in each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter to the operating lease liability recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for operating leases and finance leases which is included in long-term debt on the existing as of March 28, 2020.

 

    

Minimum Lease Payments

as of March 28, 2020

(in thousands)

 
Year ending March:    Operating  

2021

     13,399  

2022

     13,333  

2023

     13,742  

2024

     13,248  

2025

     11,837  
  

 

 

 

Thereafter

     62,123  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     127,682  

Less: amount of total minimum lease payments representing interest

     (49,223
  

 

 

 

Present value of future total minimum lease payments

     78,459  

Less: current portion of lease liabilities

     (5,823
  

 

 

 

Long-term lease liabilities

   $  72,636  
  

 

 

 

As of March 28, 2020, there was one executed agreement in respect to a store relocation without commencement dates, which has total fixed undiscounted commitments of $3.3 million over the ten-year term.

As disclosed in the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ending March 30, 2019, under previous lease accounting, future minimum lease payments for operating leases having an initial or remaining non-cancelable lease term in excess of one year were as follows:

 

     Minimum Lease Payments as
of March 30, 2019
 
     (in thousands)  
Year ending March:    Operating  

2020

   $ 10,231  

2021

     13,144  

2022

     12,905  

2023

     12,795  

2024

     12,401  

Thereafter

     69,245  
  

 

 

 
     130,721  
  

 

 

 

 

13.

Contingencies:

 

(a)

The Company and its subsidiaries, in the normal course of business, become involved from time to time in litigation and subject to claims. While the final outcome with respect to claims and legal proceedings pending at March 28, 2020 cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that adequate provisions have been recorded in the accounts where required and that the financial impact, if any, from claims related to normal business activities will not be material.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

(b)

From time to time, the Company guarantees a portion of its private label credit card sales to its credit card vendor. At March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, the amount guaranteed under such arrangements was approximately $3.4 million and $5.8 million, respectively. At March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, the Company has recorded in accrued liabilities a reserve of $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, associated with this guaranteed amount.

 

14.

Segmented information:

The Company has two reportable segments Retail and Other. As of March 28, 2020, Retail operated 27 stores across Canada under the Maison Birks brand, 1 retail location in Calgary under the Brinkhaus brand and 2 retail locations in Vancouver under the Graff and Patek Philippe brands. Other consists primarily of our e-commerce business, wholesale business and gold exchange program. The two reportable segments are managed and evaluated separately based on unadjusted gross profit. The accounting policies used for each of the segments are the same as those used for the consolidated financial statements. Inter-segment sales are made at amounts of consideration agreed upon between the two segments and intercompany profit is eliminated if not yet earned on a consolidated basis. The Company does not evaluate the performance of the Company’s assets on a segment basis for internal management reporting and, therefore, such information is not presented.

Certain information relating to the Company’s segments for the years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018, respectively, is set forth below:

 

     Retail      Other      Total  
     2020      2019      2018      2020      2019      2018      2020      2019      2018  
     (In thousands)  

Sales to external customers

   $ 160,981      $ 143,499      $ 141,607      $ 8,439      $ 7,550      $ 5,001      $ 169,420      $ 151,049      $ 146,608  

Inter-segment sales

     —          —          —          3,606        9,912        13,054        3,606        9,912        13,054  

Unadjusted Gross profit

     64,210        58,936        55,578        4,074        1,119        2,177        68,284        60,055        57,755  

The following sets forth reconciliations of the segments’ gross profits and certain unallocated costs to the Company’s consolidated gross profits for the years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28, 2020      March 30, 2019      March 31, 2018  
     (In thousands)  

Unadjusted gross profit

   $ 68,284      $ 60,055      $ 57,755  

Inventory provisions

     (475      (686      (1,431

Other unallocated costs

     (3,586      (998      (708

Adjustment of intercompany profit

     254        206        77  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 64,477      $ 58,577      $ 55,693  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales by classes of similar products and by channel were as follows:

 

     Retail      Other      Total  
     2020      2019      2018      2020      2019      2018      2020      2019      2018  
     (In thousands)  

Jewelry and other

   $ 81,736      $ 91,493      $ 98,057      $ 8,439      $ 7,550      $ 5,001      $ 90,175      $ 99,043      $ 103,058  

Timepieces

     79,245        52,006        43,550        —          —          —          79,245        52,006        43,550  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 160,981      $ 143,499      $ 141,607      $ 8,439      $ 7,550      $ 5,001      $ 169,420      $ 151,049      $ 146,608  

 

F-28


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

15.

Related party transactions:

 

(a)

The Company is party to certain related party transactions. Balances related to these related parties are disclosed in the consolidated financial statements except the following:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28, 2020      March 30, 2019      March 31, 2018  
     (In thousands)  

Expenses incurred:

        

Management fees to related parties (b)

     —          61        173  

Consultant fees to a related party (d) & (g)

     229        231        43  

Expense reimbursement to a related party (e)

     68        167        315  

Interest expense on cash advance received from controlling shareholder (c)

     426        455        491  

Compensation paid to a related party (f)

     345        385        379  

Balances:

        

Accounts payable to related parties

     231        142        5  

Interest payable on cash advance received from controlling shareholder (c)

     448        90        27  

 

(b)

Effective January 1, 2016, the Company entered into a management consulting services agreement with Gestofi S.A. (“Gestofi”), all in accordance with the Company’s Code of Conduct relating to related party transactions. Under the management consulting services agreement, Gestofi provides the Company with services related to the obtaining of financing, mergers and acquisitions, international expansion projects, and such other services as the Company may request. Under the agreement, the Company paid an annual retainer of €140,000 (approximately $202,000 in Canadian dollars). The original term of the agreement was until December 31, 2016 and the agreement was automatically extended for successive terms of one year as neither party gave a 60 days’ notice of its intention not to renew. The yearly renewal of the agreement was subject to the review and approval of the Company’s corporate governance and nominating committee and the Board of Directors in accordance with the Company’s Code of Conduct relating to related party transactions. In November 2018, the agreement was renewed on the same terms and conditions except that the retainer was reduced to €40,000 (approximately $61,000 in Canadian dollars). In March 2019, the agreement was amended to (i) eliminate the yearly retainer and reimburse only the out-of-pocket expenses related to the services, and (ii) allow for a success fee to be mutually agreed upon between the Company and Gestofi in the event that financing or a capital raise is achieved. This agreement has been renewed annually and was renewed in November 2019 for an additional one-year term. In fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, the Company incurred expenses of nil, €40,000, and €115,000 (approximately nil, $61,000, and $173,000 in Canadian dollars) respectively, under this agreement to Gestofi.

 

(c)

The Company has a cash advance outstanding from its controlling shareholder, Montel S.à.r.l. (“Montel”, formerly Montrovest), of USD$1.5 million (approximately $2 million in Canadian dollars) originally received in May 2009 from Montrovest. This cash advance was provided to the Company by Montrovest to finance working capital needs and for general corporate purposes. This advance and any interest thereon is subordinated to the indebtedness of the Company’s senior secured credit facility and its senior secured term loan. This cash advance bears an annual interest rate of 11%, net of withholding taxes, representing an effective interest rate of approximately 12%, and is repayable upon demand by Montel once conditions stipulated in the Company’s senior secured credit facility and its senior secured term loan permit such a payment. At March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, advances payable to the Company’s controlling shareholder amounted to USD$1.5 million (approximately $2.1 million and $2.0 million in Canadian dollars), respectively.

On July 28, 2017, the Company received a USD 2.5 million (approximately $3.3 million in Canadian dollars) loan from one of its controlling shareholders, Montel S.à.r.l. (“Montel”, formerly Montrovest), to finance its working capital needs. This loan bears interest at an annual rate of 11%, net of withholding taxes, representing an effective interest rate of approximately 12%, and is due and payable in two equal payments of USD$1.25 million (approximately $1.55 million in Canadian dollars) in each of July 2018 and July 2019. During fiscal year 2019, USD$1.25 million (approximately $1.55 million in Canadian dollars) was repaid. In December 2019, the Company obtained a one-year moratorium on principal repayments and as such the loan will become due in December 2020.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

On June 30, 2020, the Company obtained a new moratorium on the principal repayment, and the loan will become due on the earlier of August 31, 2021 and 10 days following a liquidity event, subject to the approval by its senior secured lenders and the Company’s Board of Directors. At March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, loans payable to the Company’s controlling shareholder amounted to USD$1.25 million (approximately $1.8 million and $1.7 million in Canadian dollars), respectively.

Due to the Montrovest Merger, Montrovest’s separate legal existence ceased and as a result of such merger, the cash advance agreements as well as the loan agreement have been assumed by Montel.

 

(d)

The Company entered into a consulting services agreement effective January 1, 2017 with Gestofi in accordance with the Company’s Code of Conduct relating to related party transactions for the services of Dr. Lorenzo Rossi di Montelera, Birks Group’s former Chairman and a director and chairman of the board of Gestofi. The consulting services related to providing advice and assistance in (i) new product development and product brand collection assortment, (ii), strategic and business development projects and financial matters, (iii) the implementation of the Company’s strategy and planning, and (iv) such other services reasonably requested by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chairman (collectively, the “Consulting Services”). The agreement expired in September 2017. In fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, the Company incurred expenses of nil, nil, and $43,000 (nil, nil, and USD$33,333), respectively, in relation to this agreement.

 

(e)

In accordance with the Company’s Code of Conduct related to related party transactions, in April 2011, the Company’s corporate governance and nominating committee and Board of Directors approved the reimbursement to Regaluxe Srl, of certain expenses, such as rent, communication, administrative support and analytical service costs, incurred in supporting the office of Dr. Lorenzo Rossi di Montelera, the Company’s then Chairman, and of Mr. Niccolò Rossi di Montelera, the Company’s Chairman of the Executive Committee and the Company’s current Executive Chairman of the Board, for the work performed on behalf of the Company, up to a yearly maximum of USD$260,000 (approximately $340,000 in Canadian dollars). The yearly maximum was reduced to USD$130,000 (approximately $170,000 in Canadian dollars) and the terms were amended so that only administrative support and analytical service costs be reimbursed in Euros. This agreement was renewed in March 2020 for an additional one-year term. During fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, the Company incurred expenses of €46,000, USD$127,000, and USD$245,000, (approximately $68,000, $167,000, and $315,000 in Canadian dollars) respectively to Regaluxe Srl under this agreement.

 

(f)

Effective January 1, 2017, the Company agreed to total annual compensation of €250,000 with Mr. Niccolò Rossi di Montelera in connection with his appointment as Executive Chairman of the Board and Chairman of the Executive Committee. In fiscal 2020, 2019, and 2018, the Company incurred costs of $345,000, $385,000, and $379,000, respectively in connection with this agreement.

 

(g)

On March 28, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the Company’s entry into a consulting services agreement with Carlo Coda Nunziante effective April 1, 2018. Under the agreement, Carlo Coda Nunziante, the Company’s former Vice President, Strategy, is providing advice and assistance on the Company’s strategic planning and business strategies for a total annual fee, including reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses of €146,801 (approximately $222,000 in Canadian dollars), net of applicable taxes. This agreement was renewed in March 2019 for an additional one-year term upon the same terms and conditions. In fiscal 2020 and 2019, the Company incurred charges of €154,000 and €153,000 (approximately $229,000 and $231,000 in Canadian dollars), respectively including applicable taxes. This agreement has been renewed in March 2020 for an additional one-year term upon the same terms and conditions

 

16.

Financial instruments:

Fair value of financial instruments:

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. U.S. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. U.S. GAAP prescribes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

F-30


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 inputs are considered to carry the most weight within the fair value hierarchy due to the low levels of judgment required in determining fair values.

Level 2 – Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs reflecting the reporting entity’s own assumptions. Level 3 inputs are considered to carry the least weight within the fair value hierarchy due to substantial levels of judgment required in determining fair values.

The Company has determined that the carrying value of its cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, long-term receivables, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximates fair values as at the balance sheet date. As of March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, for the $58.0 million and $47.0 million, respectively, of bank indebtedness and the $12.2 million and $13.0 million, respectively of long-term debt bearing interest at variable rates, the fair value is considered to approximate the carrying value.

As of March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, the fair value of the remaining $4.1 million and $4.2 million, respectively of fixed-rate long-term debt is estimated to be approximately $3.9 million and $4.0 million, respectively. The fair value was determined by discounting the future cash flows of each instrument at the current market interest rates for the same or similar debt instruments with the same remaining maturities adjusted for all necessary risks, including its own credit risk. In determining an appropriate spread to reflect its credit standing, the Company considered interest rates currently offered to the Company for similar debt instruments of comparable maturities by the Company’s lenders. As a result, the Company has determined that the inputs used to value these long-term debts fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

17. Discontinued operations

The Company considers a component to be classified as discontinued operations when it meets the criteria established under GAAP related to reporting discontinued operations and disclosures of disposals of components of the Company. The disposal of such components that represents a strategic shift that should have or will have a major effect on the Company’s operations and financial results qualify as discontinued operations. The results of discontinued operations are reported in discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations for current and prior periods commencing in the period in which the business meets the criteria of an asset held for sale and discontinued operation, and will include any gain or loss recognized on closing or adjustment of the carrying amount to fair value less cost to sell.

On August 11, 2017, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement with Aurum to sell its wholly-owned subsidiary, Mayors, which operated in Florida and Georgia and is engaged primarily in luxury timepieces and jewelry retail activities. The sale was completed on October 23, 2017 for total consideration of $135.0 million (USD$106.8 million). Because the Company’s retail operations in the U.S market were a signification part of the Company’s operations and financial results, the Company has determined that the disposal of Mayors represents a strategic shift. Accordingly, the activities of Mayors have been segregated and classified as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for all periods presented. In fiscal 2020, the Company incurred related costs of approximately $0.6 million associated with a sales tax audit, stay bonuses and termination fees for cancelling an agreement, which have been allocated to the results of discontinued operations. In fiscal 2019, the Company incurred related costs of approximately $0.9 million, in addition to recognizing a net operating expense recovery of approximately $0.5 million as part of the transition services agreement with Aurum (see below) which has been allocated to the results of discontinued operations. In fiscal 2018, legal and professional fees of approximately $3.8 million, as well as debt extinguishment charges of approximately $3.5 million were incurred as a result of the Aurum Transaction. These transaction fees along with the interest expense generated by the Company’s then outstanding credit facilities associated with Mayors were allocated to the results of the discontinued operations. In fiscal 2018, the results of the discontinued operations also included an obsolescence reserve on inventory of $2.7 million.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

As a condition to the closing of the Aurum Transaction, the Company and Mayors entered into (i) an inventory purchase agreement whereby the Company purchased approximately $2.3 million (USD$1.8 million) in inventory from Mayors; (ii) a transition services agreement whereby the Company agreed to provide certain transition services to Mayors for a period of six months following the closing date of the transaction, subject to certain renewal rights; (iii) a services agreement whereby Mayors agreed to provide certain services to the Company for a period of twelve months following the closing date of the transaction, subject to certain renewal rights and; (iv) an authorized five-year dealer agreement with Mayors whereby Mayors will promote the sale of Birks branded products and trademarks at its existing locations in the United States.

The following table presents the net income from discontinued operations for the year ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended  
     March 28, 2020      March 30, 2019      March 31, 2018  
     (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Net sales

   $ —        $ —        $ 110,789  

Cost of sales

     —          —          72,615  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     —          —          38,174  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     552        381        30,902  

Restructuring charges

     —          —          —    

Depreciation and amortization

     —          —          1,674  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     552        381        32,576  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (552      (381      5,598  

Interest and other financial costs

     —          —          3,683  

Debt extinguishment charges

     —          —          3,415  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) income before taxes

     (552      (381      (1,500

Income tax expense (benefit)

     —          —          92  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

     (552      (381      (1,592

Gain on disposal, net of taxes

     —          —          37,682  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations

   $ (552    $ (381    $ 36,090  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

        

Basic

     17,968        17,961        17,961  

Diluted

     17,968        17,961        18,393  

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations per common share:

        

Basic

   $ (0.03    $ (0.02    $ 2.01  

Diluted

   $ (0.03    $ (0.02    $ 1.96  

 

F-32


Table of Contents

BIRKS GROUP INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

 

 

The table below presents the reconciliation of the gain on the sale of Mayors:

 

     October 23, 2017  

Cash proceeds on disposal

   $ 134,982  

Legal and professional fees incurred as a result of the Aurum Transaction

     (3,759

Cash

     3,083  

Accounts receivable

     15,705  

Inventory

     89,101  

Prepaid expenses

     1,110  

Property and equipment

     11,176  

Intangible assets

     343  

Other assets

     244  

Deferred income tax asset

     6,705  

Accounts payable

     (27,207

Accrued expenses

     (3,552

Long-term debt

     (333

Other long-term liabilities

     (2,834
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

     93,541  
  

 

 

 

Gain on disposal, net of taxes of nil

   $ 37,682  
  

 

 

 

 

18.

Subsequent events

On June 30, 2020, the Company obtained a new moratorium on principal repayments associated to the loan from its controlling shareholder, Montel, of USD$1.25 million (approximately $1.75 million in Canadian dollars), as such the loan will become due on the earlier of August 31, 2021 and 10 days following a liquidity event, subject to the approval by its senior secured lenders and the Company’s Board of Directors.

On July 8, 2020, the Company secured a new four-year term loan with Investissement Québec in the amount of $10.0 million. The loan bears an interest rate of 3.14% per annum and is repayable in 36 equal payments beginning in July 2021. The term loan with Investissement Québec requires the Company on an annual basis to have a working capital ratio (defined as current assets divided by current liabilities excluding the current portion of operating lease liabilities) of at least 1.01. On July 8, 2020, the Company obtained a waiver from Investissement Québec with respect to the requirement to meet the working capital ratio for fiscal 2021. The secured term loan is being used to fund the working capital needs of the Company.

 

 

F-33

Exhibit 4.15

LOAN OFFER

File: D158763                                     Company: E021661

 

 

 

UNOFFICIAL TRANSLATION

 

BY:

INVESTISSEMENT QUÉBEC, a legal person constituted under the Act respecting Investissement Québec (CQLR, chapter I-16.0.1), having its head office at 1195, avenue Lavigerie, Suite 060, Quebec (Quebec) G1V 4N3 and a place of business at 413, St-Jacques street, Suite 500, Montreal (Quebec) H2Y 1N9 (“IQ”).

 

TO:

BIRKS GROUP Inc., a legal person incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act, having its principal place of business at 2020, Robert-Bourassa, Suite 200, Montreal, Quebec H3A 2A5, (the ”Company”).

 

1.

LOAN

 

  1.1

IQ offers the Company a loan in a maximum amount of ten million dollars ($10,000,000) (the “Loan”), under the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

  1.2

In order to consider this offer accepted, IQ must have received a copy duly signed by all parties before July 3, 2020.

 

  1.3

Capitalized words and expressions used herein shall have the meanings set out in Schedule “A”, unless another distinctive meaning is specified, either in relation to the context or for the terms of a specific clause.

 

2.

PROJECT

 

  2.1

The Loan is only available for the working capital improvement project during COVID-19 (the “Project”), which, together with its financing, is as follows:

 

Project

    

Financing

 

Working capital

   $ 10,000,000.00      IQ Term Loan    $ 10,000,000.00  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total:

   $ 10,000,000.00      Total:    $ 10,000,000.00  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

3.

INTEREST RATE

 

  3.1

The Loan will bear interest, as of each disbursement, at a fixed rate of 3.14% per annum (the “Fixed Rate”) calculated monthly, for a term of 48 months, beginning with the first disbursement of the Loan (the “Term”).

 

  3.2

In order to benefit from this fixed rate, this offer must be accepted by all parties and received by IQ before the date indicated in section 1.2 hereof. Otherwise, IQ reserves the right to modify the interest rate.

 

4.

INTEREST REPAYMENT

 

  4.1

The Company will pay interest calculated at the rate and in the manner provided under the heading “INTEREST RATE” on the last day of each month beginning on the last day of the month in which the first Loan disbursement is made or, as the case may be, on the last day of the following month.

 

5.

LOAN REPAYMENT

 

  5.1

The Company will benefit from a capital repayment moratorium period on the Loan for a period of 12 months from the first Loan disbursement.

 

IQ’s initials

 

Page 1 / 5


LOAN OFFER

File: D158763                                     Company: E021661

 

 

 

  5.2

Upon expiry of the moratorium period provided for in the preceding paragraph, the Company will repay the Loan principal in 36 monthly and consecutive instalments, payable on the last day of each month beginning on the last day of the first month following the end of such moratorium period as follows:

 

Number of installments

   Amount  

35

   $ 277,777.78  

1

   $ 277,777.70  

 

6.

DISBURSEMENT

 

  6.1

The Loan will be disbursed in a single payment directly into the Company’s account.

 

7.

UNDERTAKINGS TO BE COMPLIED WITH PRIOR TO DISBURSEMENT OF THE LOAN

 

  7.1

The first disbursement of the Loan shall not take place until IQ has obtained to its satisfaction:

 

  7.1.1

The securities provided for under the heading “SECURITIES”, with confirmation of their publication.

 

  7.1.2

A legal opinion from the Company’s external advisors on the Company’s corporate status and its capacity to borrow, on the validity of the Company’s obligations hereunder, their enforceability and any other matter that IQ may require.

 

8.

SECURITIES

 

  8.1

In order to secure all of the Company’s present and future obligations to IQ, the following security must be granted:

 

  8.1.1

A principal hypothec in the amount of ten million dollars ($10,000,000) and an additional hypothec of 20% of the amount of the principal hypothec charging the universality of the movable property, present and future, tangible and intangible, of the Company. It is understood that this hypothec will be subject to all hypothecs published as of June 4, 2020 (the “Existing Security”).

 

  8.1.2

An all-risk insurance policy, to the satisfaction of IQ, with a hypothecary clause covering all assets hypothecated in favour of IQ, for the full amount of the Loan and designating IQ as hypothecary creditor.

 

  8.2

The Company undertakes to obtain, at IQ’s request, any assignment of rank from its shareholders or related persons on any hypothecs it may have granted them, as the case may be.

 

  8.3

Provided that the Company is not in default under this offer, IQ acknowledges and agrees that, in addition to the Existing Security:

 

  8.3.1

the Company may dispose of its inventory in the normal course of business and a lender may hold a movable hypothec charging in first priority the universality of the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory as well as their proceeds of insurance as security only for any operating credit.

 

  8.3.2

a lender may hold a movable hypothec charging in first rank any new equipment financed by a specific loan (other than that provided for in the Project, if any) that it has granted to the Company, provided, however, that this hypothec serves only as security for the loan financing the acquisition of such equipment.

 

IQ’s initials

 

Page 2 / 5


LOAN OFFER

File: D158763                                     Company: E021661

 

 

 

  8.3.3

a lender may hold a movable hypothec charging in first priority the tax credits financed by a specific loan it has granted to the Company and for which it has obtained a guarantee from IQ.

In all cases, an assignment of rank shall be signed by IQ, to its satisfaction, and published in the Register of Personal Movable Real Rights or any other appropriate register, as the case may be.

 

9.

SPECIFIC UNDERTAKINGS OF THE COMPANY

 

  9.1

In addition to the general undertakings stipulated herein, the Company undertakes, from the date of acceptance of this offer and until repayment of the Loan in full, to:

 

  9.1.1

Maintain the following ratio calculated on the basis of the annual financial statements:

 

Ratio

   Required ratio   

Definition

(schedule or specific definition)

Minimum annual working capital

   1,01   

Means according to the annual financial statements current assets divided by current liabilities, excluding commercial leases (ASC-842) included in liabilities.

 

  9.1.2

Provide the following financial statements:

 

Entity

  

Type

  

Frequency

   Deadline (days)
(from the end of
each fiscal year)
 

Birks Group Inc.

   Audited    Annual      120  

 

  9.1.3

Provide written confirmation of the renewal of its line of credit within 45 days of its renewal.

 

  9.2

Notwithstanding the provisions of schedule A:

 

  9.2.1

The Company may pay dividends, purchase or redeem share capital to the extent that it is not then in default towards IQ and its other creditors and that, following such transaction, it does not become so in default;

 

      

To the extent that the Company is not then in default towards IQ and its other creditors, in particular with respect to compliance with the required financial ratios and that it does not become in default as a result of such transactions.

 

10.

OTHER PROVISIONS

 

  10.1

Only the French version of this offer will be considered official and in all cases, it will prevail over any translation that may accompany it.

 

  10.2

The Company acknowledges that the stipulations contained in this offer and its schedules have been freely discussed between it and IQ and that it has received adequate explanations on their nature and scope.

 

IQ’s initials

 

Page 3 / 5


LOAN OFFER

File: D158763                                     Company: E021661

 

 

 

  10.3

This offer and its schedules, as the case may be, once signed by the parties, will constitute the loan agreement.

ENTERED INTO BY THE PARTIES IN: MONTREAL

INVESTISSEMENT QUÉBEC

 

By:  

 /s/ Patrick Colins

  Date :   June 11, 2020
  Signature    
  Patrick Collins    
  Principal Account Manager, Specialized financing    

 

By:  

 /s/ Benoit Deshaies

  Date :   2020-06-12
  Signature    
  Benoit Deshaies    
  Manager, Specialized financing and tourism division    

 

 

IQ’s initials

 

Page 4 / 5


LOAN OFFER

File: D158763                                     Company: E021661

 

 

 

ACCEPTANCE BY THE COMPANY

Having read the terms and conditions listed in this offer and its schedules, we accept this loan offer.

In addition, we confirm (i) that we have appointed the external legal counsel whose contact details appear below to take security in connection with this offer and (ii) that all their fees and related expenses are the sole responsibility of the Company.

Contact information for the Company’s external legal counsel:

Name:  Howard Rosenoff                            

Firm:  Stikeman Elliott                            

E-mail address:  hrosenoff@stikeman.com                            

Tel.:  (514) 397-3253                            

BIRKS GROUP INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ Katia Fontana / /s/ Miranda Melfi

  Date :   July 2, 2020
  Signature    

 

 

Katia Fontana / Miranda Melfi

            
  Name of authorized signatory    

 

IQ’s initials

 

Page 5 / 5


LOAN OFFER

SCHEDULE A

General terms and conditions of the loan

File: D158763                                     Company: E021661

 

 

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

For the purposes of this offer, the following expressions shall have the meaning given to them hereinafter unless the context requires otherwise:

Adjusted Net Worth” means the sum, according to the Company’s financial statements, of (a) the shareholders’ equity, (b) any debt subordinated to the full payment of other debts, as the case may be (c) loans granted to the Company by related persons or companies which have been extended for the duration of the Loan, (d) grants from the federal, Quebec or municipal governments which are non-refundable and reflected as a liability (e) future tax reflected as a liability and (f) non-redeemable preferred shares reflected as a liability. However, the following are excluded from Adjusted Net Worth: deferred expenses, future tax reflected as an asset, advances made by the Company to persons or companies, whether related or not, to its shareholders, directors and employees as well as redundant or excess assets or those unrelated to operations.

EBITDA” means earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization.

Eligible Expenditures” means the expenditures indicated in the Project.

Floating Rate” means an annual rate calculated monthly, equal to the Prime Rate plus a mark-up. The mark-up takes into account the risk associated with the financing operation for a given term.

Long-Term Debt” means the sum of the financial obligations which the Company is not normally required to pay during the current fiscal year and which appear under long-term liabilities on its balance sheet.

Material Change” means any change or modification, upward or downward, as the case may be, which, in the reasonable opinion of IQ, could adversely and materially affect the carrying out of the Project or a Material Element.

Material Element” means the legal existence of the Company, its financial situation, its operating results and its ability to carry on business, hold its assets or perform its general obligations or those under any credit or security agreement to which it may be a party.

Net Sales” means the gross sales less returns, rebates and cash discounts granted by the Company to its customers.

Prime Rate” means the prime rate used by the majority of six Canadian chartered banks chosen by IQ, expressed on an annual basis. Such rate is revised once a week and may therefore vary weekly.

SPLTD” means the short-term portion of the Long-term Debt.

2.

INTEREST

 

  2.1.

The Company hereby accepts any variation in the Prime Rate that IQ may determine from time to time and that IQ will take into account in calculating the interest payable on any amount due and payable hereunder.

 

  2.2.

Any statement of account sent to the Company by IQ shall constitute indisputable proof of the accuracy of such calculation, unless the Company notifies IQ of the contrary within 10 days of receipt of any such statement.

 

  2.3.

Any amount not paid when due hereunder shall bear interest from that date at the rate stipulated in this offer, without notice or formal notice.

 

  2.4.

Any interest not paid at maturity will itself bear interest from that date at the rate stipulated in this offer, without notice or formal notice.

 

3.

ADVANCE REPAYMENT

 

  3.1.

The Company may repay all or part of the Loan early, at any time, without notice and without penalty.

 

4.

ELECTRONIC TRANSFERS

 

  4.1.

Loan disbursement will be made by IQ directly to the bank account of the company designated on the bank information form. However, IQ reserves the right to disburse the Loan by cheque(s) if it deems this method of disbursement preferable under the circumstances.

 

  4.2.

The company designated in the bank information form hereby authorizes IQ to make by manual or electronic debits from its bank account any payment to be made by the Company to IQ hereunder and any subsequent amendments thereto, as the case may be. To this effect, the Company designated in the bank information form hereby authorizes the bank or financial institution with which it does business to honour the debits made by IQ.

 

  4.3.

IQ shall send the Company an invoice in advance containing all information relating to the payments to be made by the Company.

 

  4.4.

The Company undertakes to renew the above-mentioned authorization if it changes its bank or financial institution before the Loan is fully repaid or for as long as the Company may be indebted to IQ for any payment due hereunder and to inform IQ of such change by submitting a new bank information form duly completed and signed.

 

 

IQ’s initials

 

Page 1 / 4


LOAN OFFER

SCHEDULE A

General terms and conditions of the loan

File: D158763                                     Company: E021661

 

 

 

  4.5.

The Company agrees that the repayment of any amount due under this offer as well as any subsequent amendments thereto, as the case may be, shall be made by cheque if IQ deems this method of payment preferable under the circumstances or shall be deducted from any Loan disbursement.

 

5.

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS OF THE COMPANY

As of the date of acceptance of this offer and for the entire term of the Loan, the Company undertakes to respect the following commitments (unless IQ consents to otherwise in advance):

 

  5.1.

To provide, upon request by IQ, its audited financial statements, its semi-annual financial statements, its projected financial statements, the financial statements of its subsidiaries and of any guarantor and, as the case may be, its consolidated financial statements or any other financial statements, audited or not, required by IQ and within the time period prescribed by IQ.

 

  5.2.

Not to amend its articles or its authorized or issued or paid-up share capital, including not to issue new shares of its share capital if it results in an ultimate change of control of the Company, which is currently held by the trust “La fiducie la Grande Rousse”, nor to reduce its paid-up or stated capital, nor to purchase, redeem, convert or exchange any shares of its share capital.

 

  5.3.

Not to continue under a statute other than its constituting act.

 

  5.4.

To deal on a business relationship basis and at arm’s length with any person.

 

  5.5.

Not to grant loans, advances or any other form of financial assistance to its shareholders, directors, officers or affiliated companies, invest in them or grant them security, or carry out transactions other than in the normal course of business.

 

  5.6.

Not to repay any advance extended hereunder other than as specifically provided for, as the case may be.

 

  5.7.

Not to merge.

 

  5.8.

Not to declare or pay dividends.

 

  5.9.

Not to move a substantial part of its activities outside Quebec.

 

  5.10.

To ensure that there is no change in the ultimate control of the Company which is currently held by the trust “La fiducie la Grande Rousse”.

Control is defined as the holding of shares with a sufficient number of voting rights to allow the election of a majority of the Company’s directors. Ultimate control means the holding of the said shares by one or more natural persons giving control of the Company through one or more legal

entities that are shareholders of each other or of the Company. In the event of the death of the shareholder who has ultimate control of the Company, the transmission of the shares of the deceased shareholder to their heirs will not be presumed to constitute a change in ultimate control of the Company provided that such control remains in the hands of the legal heirs of the deceased shareholder.

 

  5.11.

To insure and keep insured against all risks its assets, up to their replacement value, or take out and maintain in force any insurance policy of any kind reasonably required by IQ and provide the latter, upon request, with a copy of the insurance policies so taken out and their renewal. Should the Company fail to comply with this agreement, IQ may remedy such failure at the Company’s expense, without prejudice to any other right in its favour.

 

  5.12.

Except as expressly permitted by this offer, not encumber, sell or otherwise dispose of its assets, except in the ordinary course of business.

 

  5.13.

To promptly disclose to IQ any litigation or proceedings over $500,000 before a court of law or a tribunal, commission or government agency to which it is a party.

 

  5.14.

To comply at all times with the laws to which it is subject in Quebec and more specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with environmental, labour and human rights standards.

 

  5.15.

To adopt ethical and socially responsible behaviour at all times.

 

  5.16.

To allow IQ, if, in its sole discretion and acting reasonably, the financial situation of the Company deteriorates significantly according to IQ, to (i) appoint one of its representatives as an observer to the board of directors of the Company, or (ii) request that the Company create a management committee.

 

  5.17.

To maintain operations in the normal course of business.

 

  5.18.

To make no significant changes to the Project. If the actual cost of the Project exceeds the forecasted total, the Company shall provide or cause its shareholders to provide the sums necessary to cover any amount exceeding the forecasted total, in a manner satisfactory to IQ, before the balance of the Loan is disbursed. If the expenses actually incurred by the Company with respect to the Project prove to be less than the total expenses anticipated under “PROJECT”, IQ reserves the right to reduce the Loan amount proportionately.

 

 

IQ’s initials

 

Page 2 / 4


LOAN OFFER

SCHEDULE A

General terms and conditions of the loan

File: D158763                                     Company: E021661

 

 

 

  5.19.

To provide IQ, during the term of the Loan, with any document or information that IQ may deem useful or relevant.

 

  5.20.

To provide, at IQ’s request, the certificates or documents required in accordance with the laws of Quebec.

 

  5.21.

Not to assign or transfer its rights under this offer.

 

  5.22.

To pay all costs, fees and expenses relating to the preparation and registration, if any, of the documents necessary to give legal effect to this offer and any amendments thereto.

 

  5.23.

To pay all costs reasonably incurred by IQ in exercising its rights under this offer, including those to obtain performance of all obligations of the Company and the guarantors, if any, to protect, execute or preserve any security granted as security for the Loan or carry out an appraisal of the Company’s assets and the guarantees, as the case may be, at IQ’s request, including, among other things, all court costs and fees, charges or other judicial expenses, extra-judicial costs and fees, as well as agent, trustee or other fees and expenses.

 

  5.24.

To pay all reasonable costs invoiced by an external consultant chosen by IQ to advise it on any matter related to the Loan; in particular, the mandate entrusted to such external consultant may include the preparation of financial and operational diagnoses of the Company and the guarantees, as the case may be, the evaluation of securities and intellectual property related to the Project as well as any other matter concerning the protection of IQ’s rights.

 

  5.25.

To allow any IQ representative, upon prior notice to the Company, to enter the Company’s premises during normal business hours and examine, at IQ’s expense, the books, physical facilities and inventory of the Company and obtain copies of any documents.

 

  5.26.

Not to allow the hypothecs and other securities granted by the Company, or for its benefit, ranking prior to those granted to IQ as security for the Loan, to serve as security for: (i) any new obligation, as well as any new credit and increase in existing credit and, (ii) any new amount advanced following partial or total repayment of the term loans already secured by said hypothecs, if any, unless in all cases the prior written consent of IQ has been obtained.

6.

DEFAULT

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this offer and even if the conditions have been met, IQ reserves the right, at its discretion, to terminate the Loan or any undisbursed portion thereof or to defer disbursement thereof and to terminate the capital moratorium, as the case may be, and the Company undertakes to reimburse, upon request, all or part of the amounts disbursed under the Loan, with interest, fees and incidentals, in the following cases:

 

  6.1.

If the Company interrupts or abandons the Project in whole or in part.

 

  6.2.

If the Company or a guarantor assigns its property, is subject to a receiving order under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act, makes a proposal to its creditors or commits an act of bankruptcy under the said Act, or if the Company or a guarantor is subject to a liquidation order under the liquidation rules provided for in the Canadian Business Corporations Act or any other Act to the same effect, or if it avails itself of the provisions of the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act.

 

  6.3.

If the Company or a guarantor is insolvent or about to become insolvent or if the Company or a guarantor does not maintain its legal existence or if its financial situation or that of a guarantor deteriorates in such a way as to jeopardize its survival.

 

  6.4.

If the Company is in default under the terms of any agreement or deed of guarantee with respect to its loans, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if it is in default under any agreement with IQ, or if the Company is the subject of a demand for repayment of any loan payable on demand.

 

  6.5.

If, in the opinion of IQ and without its consent, a Material Change occurs in the Project or its financing, in the nature of the Company’s operations or, in general, in the level of risk.

 

  6.6.

In the event of an error or omission in a statement, concealment, misrepresentation, fraud or falsification of documents on the part of the Company or a guarantor.

 

  6.7.

If the Company or a guarantor fails to fulfil any of its commitments stipulated in this offer.

 

 

Page 3 / 4


LOAN OFFER

SCHEDULE A

General terms and conditions of the loan

File: D158763                                     Company: E021661

 

 

 

7.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  7.1.

This contract shall be governed by the laws of Quebec and in case of dispute, the courts of Quebec in the judicial district of Montreal shall have exclusive jurisdiction. In addition, this offer is subject to the conditions and terms set out in the Act respecting Investissement Québec.

 

  7.2.

By accepting this offer, the Company declares that all information of a technical nature or of a financial or economic nature that has been provided to IQ on a historical basis is true.

 

  7.3.

For the purposes of this offer, all notices shall be sent in writing, by certified or registered mail or by hand delivery or e-mail. Notices from IQ will be sent to the Company’s head office, to the attention of the authorized representative who will sign acceptance of this offer for and on behalf of the Company. All notices from the Company or its shareholders will be sent to Investissement Québec, at its place of business at 600 de La Gauchetière West, Suite 1500, Montreal, Quebec, H3B 4L8 or to the following e-mail address affairesjuridiques@invest-quebec.com to the attention of its Secretary. All notices shall be deemed to be received on the day of delivery, in the case of hand-to-hand delivery, on the day of transmission if they are sent by e-mail and, if that day is a business day, during normal business hours, or on the following business day, or, if sent by certified or registered mail, on the third business day following the day on which they are mailed by the sender.

 

  7.4.

In the event that the Company is governed by new accounting standards and that such standards have a material effect on any provision of this offer referring to any calculation based on the Company’s financial statements, IQ shall have the right to amend such provision so as to bring it into compliance with the purposes for which it was originally stipulated.

 

8.

AVAILABILITY

 

  8.1.

IQ may cancel the Loan in whole or in part if the Company does not request the disbursement of any amount of the Loan it is entitled to receive within 2 months following the date of acceptance of this offer.

 

9.

PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENT

 

  9.1.

By accepting this offer, the Company agrees that IQ may publicly disclose the main parameters of the financing granted to the Company, including, but not limited to, the name of the Company, its type of operation, its location, the nature and amount of the financing provided for herein and the number of employees working for the Company.

  9.2.

If the Company wishes to officially announce the Project or proceed with an official inauguration, it shall give IQ 15 days’ notice so that IQ can participate.

 

  9.3.

IQ consents to the filing of this agreement with the securities authorities in accordance with the laws and regulations applicable to the Company.

 

 

Page 4 / 4

EXHIBIT 4.34

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT is made as of April 18, 2019, by and among the lenders identified on the signature pages hereof (each of such lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “Lender”), WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION CANADA, an Ontario corporation, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “Agent”) and BIRKS GROUP INC. and together with each other Person organized under the laws of Canada or a province thereof that joins under the Credit Agreement as a “Borrower” in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement after the date hereof (each, a “Borrower” and all references herein to “Borrower” shall include each such additional Borrower who so joins).

WHEREAS the Borrower and the Agent (as successor to Wells Fargo Canada Corporation in its capacity as agent and the Lender signatory thereto) are parties to a Credit Agreement dated as of October 23, 2017 and Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2018 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”);

AND WHEREAS the Borrower is proposing to enter into the Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) with Damiani International S.A. and Damiani S.p.A.;

AND WHEREAS in connection with the Credit Agreement the Borrower, Damiani International S.A. and Damiani S.p.A., the Agent, the Term Loan Agent and Cash, Gold & Silver Inc. have entered into the Damiani Subordination Agreement (as defined herein), pursuant to which, inter alia, Damiani International S.A. and Damiani S.p.A. agreed that all Damiani Subordinated Indebtedness (as defined herein) owing by the Borrower to Damiani is subordinate to all indebtedness owing by the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to or in connection with the Credit Agreement on the terms set out in the Damiani Subordination Agreement and that the Damiani Security (as defined herein) for the Subordinated Indebtedness is subordinate to the security constituted by the Loan Documents;

AND WHEREAS the Borrower has requested certain amendments to the Credit Agreement in connection with the Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement and the other Damiani Purchase Documents (as defined herein);

AND WHEREAS in connection with the foregoing, the parties hereto agree to make certain amendments to the Credit Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by the parties hereto as follows:


ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1    Definitions. All capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Credit Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement, except to the extent that such terms are defined or modified in this Agreement, or the context otherwise requires. In addition, the following terms have the following meanings:

Credit Agreement” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals hereto.

this Agreement” means this Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

ARTICLE 2

AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

2.1    Effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below), the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  (a)

Schedule 1.1 (Definitions) is hereby amended as follows:

 

  (i)

The following definition are added to the Credit Agreement immediately after the definition of Credit Card Receivables:

Damiani” means, collectively, Damiani International S.A., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Switzerland, and Damiani S.p.A., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Italy.

Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement” means the inventory purchase agreement between the Borrower and Damiani dated as of April 18, 2019, as the same may be modified, amended, supplemented or restated in accordance with the prior written consent of the Agent.

Damiani Purchase Documents” means the Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement, the Damiani Security, the Damiani Subordination Agreement and all documents, instruments and agreements executed from time to time in connection with the Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement, including the purchase orders arising thereunder and the documents and agreements giving effect to the Damiani Security, in each case as the same may be modified, amended, supplemented or restated with the prior written consent of the Agent.

Damiani Security” means (a) the General Security Agreement and Hypothec dated as of April 18, 2019 between the Borrower and Damiani; and (b) any other present and future security, security interests, hypothecs, mortgages, prior claims, liens or charges affecting the Obligors’ assets, or any part thereof, now or hereafter held by or for the account of Damiani as security for the Damiani Subordinated Indebtedness created after the date hereof with the consent of the Agent.

 

- 2 -


Damiani Subordinated Indebtedness” means all present and future indebtedness and other liabilities and obligations, contingent or absolute, matured or unmatured, at any time due or accruing due, owing by the Obligors, or any of them, whether alone or with another or others and whether as principal or surety, to Damiani under the Damiani Purchase Documents including in respect of all transactions made pursuant thereto.

Damiani Subordination Agreement” means that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2019, among the Borrower, Damiani, the Agent, the Term Loan Agent and Cash, Gold & Silver Inc., as the same may hereafter be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified with the prior written consent of Agent.

 

  (ii)

The definition of “Material Contract” is amended by deleting the “and” immediately before “(viii)” and adding “and (ix) the Damiani Debt Documents” at the end thereof; and

 

  (iii)

The “and” is deleted from the end of paragraph (y) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and “; and” is substituted for the “.” at the end of paragraph (z) and the following is added immediately thereafter:

(aa) Liens created by the Damiani Security in favour of Damiani securing the Damiani Subordinated Indebtedness; provided that (i) such Subordinated Indebtedness is subordinated in right and time of payment to the Obligations and such Liens shall, at all times, be subordinate and junior in priority to the Liens securing the Obligations, in each case pursuant to the terms of the Damiani Subordination Agreement or other terms and conditions satisfactory to the Agent and Required Lenders.

 

  (b)

Section 6.6(a) (Prepayments and Amendments) is amended by adding the following paragraph (iii) at the end thereof:

(iii)    make any payment on account of the Damiani Subordinated Indebtedness other than payments in the amounts and on the due dates therefor set out in the Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement provided that any such payment is permitted to be made at such time under the Damiani Subordination Agreement.

 

  (c)

Section 6.6(b)(i) (Prepayments and Amendments) is amended by adding the “the Damiani Purchase Documents,” after the reference to “Quebec Subordinated Debt Documents”.

 

  (d)

The final paragraph of Section 6.6 (Prepayments and Amendments) is amended by adding the “the Damiani Purchase Documents,” after the reference to “Quebec Subordinated Debt Documents”.

 

- 3 -


  (e)

The following new Section is added immediately after Section 8.7 (Default Under Other Agreements), and each subsequent Subsection is re-numbered accordingly thereafter:

8.8.    Default Under Damiani Purchase Documents. If (i) the Borrower fails to make any payment when due and payable under the Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement or if there is a material breach or default by a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries under any of the Damiani Purchase Documents and, in each case, such failure, breach or default continues for a period of at least 30 days, (ii) any Damiani Subordinated Indebtedness shall become or be declared to be due and payable, or be required to be prepaid (other than by a scheduled or required payment in accordance with the terms of the Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement), prior to the stated due date thereof (iii) any action is taken by Damiani to initiate the commencement of a Standstill Period (as defined in the Damiani Subordination Agreement) or (iv) the validity or enforceability of the Damiani Subordination Agreement shall at any time for any reason (other than solely as the result of an action or failure to act on the part of Agent) be declared to be null and void, or Damiani or any of its Affiliates or agents shall be permitted (by judicial order or otherwise) to take enforcement actions or institute any proceeding (including for the return of Inventory) against any Obligor or any Assets in violation of the Damiani Subordination Agreement.

ARTICLE 3

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

3.1    Conditions to Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date upon which all of the following conditions have been satisfied (the “Effective Date”):

 

  (a)

Agent shall have received this Agreement or counterparts hereof duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Agent and Lender, all in accordance with Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement;

 

  (b)

Agent shall have received the Damiani Subordination Agreement duly executed and delivered by each of Borrower, Damiani and the Term Loan Agent;

 

  (c)

Agent shall have received copies of the Damiani Security and Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement duly executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

 

  (d)

Agent shall have received a copy of Amendment No. 1 to the Term Loan Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Term Loan Agent and the Lender party thereto, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

 

  (e)

no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the Effective Date, nor shall either result from giving effect to the terms of this Agreement or the Damiani Purchase Documents and the transactions contemplated thereunder;

 

- 4 -


  (f)

the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties or their respective Subsidiaries contained in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date); and

 

  (g)

all action on the part of the Loan Parties necessary for the valid execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement shall have been duly and effectively taken.

3.2    Representations and Warranties. The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender Group and the Agent that, as of the date hereof, this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

3.3    Continuance of the Loan Documents and the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as changed, altered, amended or modified by this Agreement, shall be and continue in full force and effect and is hereby confirmed and the rights and obligations of all parties thereunder shall not be affected or prejudiced in any manner except as specifically provided for in this Agreement.

3.4    Confirmation of Existing Security. Borrower acknowledges and confirms that notwithstanding the execution of this Agreement, each of the existing security documents that Borrower has executed in favour of Agent for each member of the Lender Group and each of the Bank Product Providers (i) remains in full force and effect and has not been terminated discharged or released, (ii) constitutes legal valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower under the laws of the Province of Ontario (or other governing law specified therein) and the laws of Canada applicable therein in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy insolvency and other laws of general application limiting the enforceability of creditors rights and (iii) continues to stand as valid and enforceable security subject to the qualifications set forth above for the Obligations.

3.5    Reservation of Rights. Agent and Lender Group hereby expressly reserve all of their available rights, remedies and claims in their entirety, any of which may be exercised or otherwise pursued at any time, and from time to time, in the sole and absolute discretion of Agent or Lender Group in accordance with the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or at law or in equity.

3.6    Reference to and Effect on the Credit Agreement. On and after the Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein”, “hereto”, “hereby” and similar expressions, and each reference to “the Credit Agreement” and “the

 

- 5 -


Agreement” in any Schedule to the Credit Agreement and, unless the context otherwise requires, any Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Agreement.

3.7    Cost and Expenses. Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of the Agent or any Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery, and administration of this Agreement and related documents including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of Goodmans LLP, counsel for the Agent or any Lender with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Agent or any Lender as to its rights and responsibilities hereunder.

3.8    Section Headings. Headings and numbers have been set forth herein for convenience only. Unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each Section applies equally to this entire Agreement.

3.9    Interpretation. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed against the Agent, the Lender Group or the Borrower, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Agreement has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.

3.10    Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

3.11    Counterparts; Electronic Execution. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Loan Document mutatis mutandis.

3.12    Governing Law.

THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANOTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSIES OR DISPUTES ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO AND THE FEDERAL LAWS OF CANADA APPLICABLE THEREIN.

 

- 6 -


THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO; PROVIDED, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 3.12.

TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS, IF ANY, TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS (EACH A “CLAIM”). BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS LOCATED IN THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT AGENT MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

NO CLAIM MAY BE MADE BY ANY LOAN PARTY AGAINST AGENT, ANY SWING LENDER, ANY OTHER LENDER, ANY ISSUING LENDER, OR ANY AFFILIATE, DIRECTOR, OFFICER, EMPLOYEE, COUNSEL, REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT, OR ATTORNEY-IN-FACT OF ANY OF THEM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OR LOSSES IN RESPECT OF

 

- 7 -


ANY CLAIM FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY ACT, OMISSION, OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, AND EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES, AND AGREES NOT TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.

3.13    Release.

EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, AS OF THE DATE HEREOF, IT HAS NO DEFENSE, RECOUPMENT, COUNTERCLAIM, OFFSET, CROSS-COMPLAINT, CLAIM OR DEMAND OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER THAT CAN BE ASSERTED TO REDUCE OR ELIMINATE ALL, OR ANY PART OF, ITS LIABILITY TO REPAY THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING UNDER THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR TO SEEK AFFIRMATIVE RELIEF OR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE FROM THE AGENT, THE LENDERS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES AND APPROVED FUNDS, IN EACH CASE IN WHATEVER CAPACITY (EACH A “LENDER PARTY”) (OR ANY LENDER PARTY) ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT. EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY RELEASES AND FOREVER DISCHARGES EACH LENDER PARTY AND EACH OF THEIR RESPECTIVE RELATED PARTIES, IN EACH CASE IN WHATEVER CAPACITY (COLLECTIVELY, THE “RELEASED PARTIES”), FROM ALL POSSIBLE CLAIMS, DEMANDS, ACTIONS, CAUSES OF ACTION, DAMAGES, COSTS, EXPENSES, AND LIABILITIES WHATSOEVER, KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, ANTICIPATED OR UNANTICIPATED, SUSPECTED OR UNSUSPECTED, FIXED, CONTINGENT, OR CONDITIONAL, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, ORIGINATING IN WHOLE OR IN PART ON OR BEFORE THE DATE THIS AGREEMENT IS ORIGINATED, TAKEN OR EXECUTED, WHICH SUCH LOAN PARTY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AGAINST ANY RELEASED PARTY, IF ANY, AND IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER ANY SUCH CLAIMS ARISE OUT OF CONTRACT, TORT, VIOLATION OF LAW OR REGULATIONS, OR OTHERWISE, AND ARISING FROM OR ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO ANY LOANS, THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UNDER THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND/OR NEGOTIATION OF, OR EXECUTION OF, THIS AGREEMENT. EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY COVENANTS AND AGREES NEVER TO INSTITUTE ANY ACTION OR SUIT AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, NOR INSTITUTE, PROSECUTE, OR IN ANY WAY AID IN THE INSTITUTION OR PROSECUTION OF, ANY CLAIM, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION, RIGHTS TO RECOVER DEBTS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE AGAINST ANY OF THE RELEASED PARTIES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO A RELEASED PARTY’S ACTIONS, OMISSIONS, STATEMENTS, REQUESTS OR DEMANDS AND OCCURRING PRIOR TO EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS AGREEMENT RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH LOAN PARTY AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD EACH LENDER PARTY AND EACH OTHER RELEASED PARTY HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL MATTERS

 

- 8 -


RELEASED PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION. EACH LOAN PARTY REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS TO LENDER PARTIES THAT IT HAS NOT PURPORTED TO TRANSFER, ASSIGN OR OTHERWISE CONVEY ANY RIGHT, TITLE OR INTEREST OF SUCH LOAN PARTY IN ANY RELEASED MATTER TO ANY OTHER PERSON AND THAT THE FOREGOING CONSTITUTES A FULL AND COMPLETE RELEASE OF SUCH LOAN PARTY’S CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO ALL SUCH MATTERS. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS RELEASE AND THE REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, RELEASES, WAIVERS, ACQUITTANCES, DISCHARGES, COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS AND INDEMNIFICATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN (A) CONSTITUTE A MATERIAL CONSIDERATION FOR AND INDUCEMENT TO LENDER PARTIES ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, (B) DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN ADMISSION OF OR BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING ANY DUTY, OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY LENDER PARTY TO ANY LOAN PARTY OR ANY OTHER PERSON, (C) DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN ADMISSION OF OR BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING ANY LIABILITY, WRONGDOING; OR VIOLATION OF ANY OBLIGATION, DUTY OR AGREEMENT OF ANY LENDER PARTY TO ANY LOAN PARTY OR ANY OTHER PERSON, AND (D) SHALL NOT BE USED AS EVIDENCE AGAINST ANY LENDER PARTY BY ANY LOAN PARTY OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR ANY PURPOSE.

[Signature pages to follow]

 

- 9 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

BIRKS GROUP INC.
By:      

/s/ Jean-Christophe Bédos

  Name:   Jean-Christophe Bédos
  Title:   President & CEO
By:  

/s/ Miranda Melfi

  Name:  

Miranda Melfi

  Title:  

Vice President, Human Resources,

ChiefLegal Officer and Corporate

Secretary

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement]


WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION CANADA, as Agent and as

Lender

By:      

/s/ David G. Phillips

  Name:   David G. Phillips
  Title:  

Senior Vice President

Credit Officer, Canada

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement]


AGREED TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED by the undersigned as of the date first indicated above.

 

CASH, GOLD & SILVER INC., as guarantor
By:      

/s/ Jean-Christophe Bédos

  Name: Jean-Christophe Bédos
  Title:   President
By:  

/s/ Marco Pasteris

  Name: Marco Pasteris
  Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement]

EXHIBIT 4.35

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT is made as of December 20, 2019, by and among the lenders identified on the signature pages hereof (each of such lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “Lender”), WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION CANADA, an Ontario corporation, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “Agent”) and BIRKS GROUP INC. and together with each other Person organized under the laws of Canada or a province thereof that joins under the Credit Agreement as a “Borrower” in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement after the date hereof (each, a “Borrower” and all references herein to “Borrower” shall include each such additional Borrower who so joins).

WHEREAS the Borrower and the Agent (as successor to Wells Fargo Canada Corporation in its capacity as agent and the Lender signatory thereto) are parties to a Credit Agreement dated as of October 23, 2017, Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2018 and Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement dated April 18, 2019 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”);

AND WHEREAS the Agent has requested that certain amendments be made to the Credit Agreement in connection with QFCs (as defined below) and the QFC stay rules relating thereto adopted by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency in 2017;

AND WHEREAS in connection with the foregoing, the parties hereto agree to make certain amendments to the Credit Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by the parties hereto as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1    Definitions. All capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Credit Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement, except to the extent that such terms are defined or modified in this Agreement, or the context otherwise requires. In addition, the following terms have the following meanings:

Credit Agreement” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals hereto.

this Agreement” means this Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.


ARTICLE 2

AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

2.1    Effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below), the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  (a)

Schedule 1.1 (Definitions) is hereby amended as follows:

The following definitions are added to Schedule 1.1 (Definitions) of the Credit Agreement in the appropriate alphabetical order:

 

  (i)

“BHC Act Affiliate” of a Person means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such Person.

 

  (ii)

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(a)    a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(b)    a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(c)    a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

 

  (iii)

“Covered Party” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.17 of this Agreement.

 

  (iv)

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

 

  (v)

“QFC” ahs the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 5390(c)(8)(D).

 

  (vi)

“QFC Credit Support” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.17 of this Agreement.

 

  (vii)

“Supported QFC” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.17 of this Agreement.

 

  (viii)

“U.S. Special Resolution Regimes” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.17 of this Agreement.

 

  (ix)

“U.S.C.” means Title 12 (Banks and Banking) of the United States Code of Federal Regulations.

 

- 2 -


  (b)

The following is added to the Credit Agreement as a new Section 17.17 immediately after Section 17.16 (Intercreditor Agreement):

17.17    Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Hedge Agreements or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States): In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

ARTICLE 3

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

3.1    Conditions to Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date upon which all of the following conditions have been satisfied (the “Effective Date”):

 

  (a)

Agent shall have received this Agreement or counterparts hereof duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Agent and Lender, all in accordance with Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement;

 

  (b)

the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties or their respective Subsidiaries contained in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date); and

 

- 3 -


  (c)

all action on the part of the Loan Parties necessary for the valid execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement shall have been duly and effectively taken.

3.2    Representations and Warranties. The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender Group and the Agent that, as of the date hereof, this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

3.3    Continuance of the Loan Documents and the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as changed, altered, amended or modified by this Agreement, shall be and continue in full force and effect and is hereby confirmed and the rights and obligations of all parties thereunder shall not be affected or prejudiced in any manner except as specifically provided for in this Agreement.

3.4    Confirmation of Existing Security. Borrower acknowledges and confirms that notwithstanding the execution of this Agreement, each of the existing security documents that Borrower has executed in favour of Agent for each member of the Lender Group and each of the Bank Product Providers (i) remains in full force and effect and has not been terminated discharged or released, (ii) constitutes legal valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower under the laws of the Province of Ontario (or other governing law specified therein) and the laws of Canada applicable therein in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy insolvency and other laws of general application limiting the enforceability of creditors rights and (iii) continues to stand as valid and enforceable security subject to the qualifications set forth above for the Obligations.

3.5    Reservation of Rights. Agent and Lender Group hereby expressly reserve all of their available rights, remedies and claims in their entirety, any of which may be exercised or otherwise pursued at any time, and from time to time, in the sole and absolute discretion of Agent or Lender Group in accordance with the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or at law or in equity.

3.6    Reference to and Effect on the Credit Agreement. On and after the Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein”, “hereto”, “hereby” and similar expressions, and each reference to “the Credit Agreement” and “the Agreement” in any Schedule to the Credit Agreement and, unless the context otherwise requires, any Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Agreement.

3.7    Cost and Expenses. Agent agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of Borrower in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of Stikeman Elliott LLP, counsel for Borrower with respect thereto. The Agent shall be responsible for any costs and expenses (including legal fees and expenses of its counsel, Goodmans LLP) incurred by it in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

- 4 -


3.8    Section Headings. Headings and numbers have been set forth herein for convenience only. Unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each Section applies equally to this entire Agreement.

3.9    Interpretation. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed against the Agent, the Lender Group or the Borrower, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Agreement has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.

3.10    Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

3.11    Counterparts; Electronic Execution. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Loan Document mutatis mutandis.

3.12    Governing Law.

THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANOTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSIES OR DISPUTES ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO AND THE FEDERAL LAWS OF CANADA APPLICABLE THEREIN.

THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO; PROVIDED, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY

 

- 5 -


JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 3.12.

TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS, IF ANY, TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS (EACH A “CLAIM”). BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS LOCATED IN THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT AGENT MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

NO CLAIM MAY BE MADE BY ANY LOAN PARTY AGAINST AGENT, ANY SWING LENDER, ANY OTHER LENDER, ANY ISSUING LENDER, OR ANY AFFILIATE, DIRECTOR, OFFICER, EMPLOYEE, COUNSEL, REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT, OR ATTORNEY-IN-FACT OF ANY OF THEM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OR LOSSES IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY ACT, OMISSION, OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, AND EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES, AND AGREES NOT TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.

 

- 6 -


3.13    Release.

EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, AS OF THE DATE HEREOF, IT HAS NO DEFENSE, RECOUPMENT, COUNTERCLAIM, OFFSET, CROSS -COMPLAINT, CLAIM OR DEMAND OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER THAT CAN BE ASSERTED TO REDUCE OR ELIMINATE ALL, OR ANY PART OF, ITS LIABILITY TO REPAY THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING UNDER THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR TO SEEK AFFIRMATIVE RELIEF OR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE FROM THE AGENT, THE LENDERS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES AND APPROVED FUNDS, IN EACH CASE IN WHATEVER CAPACITY (EACH A “LENDER PARTY”) (OR ANY LENDER PARTY) ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT. EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY RELEASES AND FOREVER DISCHARGES EACH LENDER PARTY AND EACH OF THEIR RESPECTIVE RELATED PARTIES, IN EACH CASE IN WHATEVER CAPACITY (COLLECTIVELY, THE “RELEASED PARTIES”), FROM ALL POSSIBLE CLAIMS, DEMANDS, ACTIONS, CAUSES OF ACTION, DAMAGES, COSTS, EXPENSES, AND LIABILITIES WHATSOEVER, KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, ANTICIPATED OR UNANTICIPATED, SUSPECTED OR UNSUSPECTED, FIXED, CONTINGENT, OR CONDITIONAL, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, ORIGINATING IN WHOLE OR IN PART ON OR BEFORE THE DATE THIS AGREEMENT IS ORIGINATED, TAKEN OR EXECUTED, WHICH SUCH LOAN PARTY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AGAINST ANY RELEASED PARTY, IF ANY, AND IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER ANY SUCH CLAIMS ARISE OUT OF CONTRACT, TORT, VIOLATION OF LAW OR REGULATIONS, OR OTHERWISE, AND ARISING FROM OR ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO ANY LOANS, THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UNDER THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND/OR NEGOTIATION OF, OR EXECUTION OF, THIS AGREEMENT. EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY COVENANTS AND AGREES NEVER TO INSTITUTE ANY ACTION OR SUIT AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, NOR INSTITUTE, PROSECUTE, OR IN ANY WAY AID IN THE INSTITUTION OR PROSECUTION OF, ANY CLAIM, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION, RIGHTS TO RECOVER DEBTS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE AGAINST ANY OF THE RELEASED PARTIES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO A RELEASED PARTY’S ACTIONS, OMISSIONS, STATEMENTS, REQUESTS OR DEMANDS AND OCCURRING PRIOR TO EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS AGREEMENT RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH LOAN PARTY AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD EACH LENDER PARTY AND EACH OTHER RELEASED PARTY HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL MATTERS RELEASED PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION. EACH LOAN PARTY REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS TO LENDER PARTIES THAT IT HAS NOT PURPORTED TO TRANSFER, ASSIGN OR OTHERWISE CONVEY ANY RIGHT, TITLE OR INTEREST OF SUCH LOAN PARTY IN ANY RELEASED MATTER TO ANY OTHER PERSON AND THAT THE FOREGOING CONSTITUTES A FULL AND COMPLETE RELEASE OF SUCH LOAN PARTY’S CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO ALL SUCH MATTERS. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS RELEASE AND THE REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, RELEASES, WAIVERS, ACQUITTANCES, DISCHARGES, COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS AND

 

- 7 -


INDEMNIFICATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN (A) CONSTITUTE A MATERIAL CONSIDERATION FOR AND INDUCEMENT TO LENDER PARTIES ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, (B) DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN ADMISSION OF OR BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING ANY DUTY, OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY LENDER PARTY TO ANY LOAN PARTY OR ANY OTHER PERSON, (C) DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN ADMISSION OF OR BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING ANY LIABILITY, WRONGDOING; OR VIOLATION OF ANY OBLIGATION, DUTY OR AGREEMENT OF ANY LENDER PARTY TO ANY LOAN PARTY OR ANY OTHER PERSON, AND (D) SHALL NOT BE USED AS EVIDENCE AGAINST ANY LENDER PARTY BY ANY LOAN PARTY OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR ANY PURPOSE.

[Signature pages to follow]

 

- 8 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

BIRKS GROUP INC.
By:  

/s/ Pasquale (Pat) Di Lillo

  Name:   Pasquale (Pat) Di Lillo
  Title:  

Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer

By:      

/s/ Miranda Melfi

  Name:   Miranda Melfi
  Title:  

Vice President, Human Resources,

Chief Legal Officer and Corporate

Secretary

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement]


WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE CORPORATION CANADA, as Agent and as

Lender

By:      

/s/ David G. Phillips

  Name:   David G. Phillips
  Title:   Senior Vice President
Credit Officer, Canada

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement]


AGREED TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED by the undersigned as of the date first indicated above.

 

CASH, GOLD & SILVER INC., as guarantor
By:      

/s/ Pasquale (Pat) Di Lillo

  Name: Pasquale (Pat) Di Lillo
  Title:   Vice President
By:  

/s/ Miranda Melfi

  Name: Miranda Melfi
  Title:   Secretary

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement]

EXHIBIT 4.37

Execution Version

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT is made as of April 18, 2019, by and among the lenders identified on the signature pages hereof (each of such lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “Lender”), CRYSTAL FINANCIAL LLC, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “Agent”) and BIRKS GROUP INC., and together with each other Person organized under the laws of Canada or a province thereof that joins under the Credit Agreement as a “Borrower” in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement after the date hereof (each, a “Borrower” and all references herein to “Borrower” shall include each such additional Borrower who so joins).

WHEREAS the Borrower and the Agent are parties to a Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2018 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”);

AND WHEREAS the Borrower is proposing to enter into the Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) with Damiani International S.A. and Damiani S.p.A.;

AND WHEREAS in connection with the Credit Agreement the Borrower, Damiani International S.A. and Damiani S.p.A., the Agent, the Revolving Agent and Cash, Gold & Silver Inc. have entered into the Damiani Subordination Agreement (as defined herein), pursuant to which, inter alia, Damiani International S.A. and Damiani S.p.A. agreed that all Damiani Subordinated Indebtedness (as defined herein) owing by the Borrower to Damiani is subordinate to all indebtedness owing by the Borrower to the Lender pursuant to or in connection with the Credit Agreement on the terms set out in the Damiani Subordination Agreement and that the Damiani Security (as defined herein) for the Subordinated Indebtedness is subordinate to the security constituted by the Loan Documents;

AND WHEREAS the Borrower has requested certain amendments to the Credit Agreement in connection with the Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement and the other Damiani Purchase Documents (as defined herein);

AND WHEREAS in connection with the foregoing, the parties hereto agree to make certain amendments to the Credit Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by the parties hereto as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1    Definitions. All capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Credit Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement, except to the extent that such terms are defined or modified in this Agreement, or the context otherwise requires. In addition, the following terms have the following meanings:


Credit Agreement” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals hereto.

this Agreement” means this Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, as it may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

ARTICLE 2

AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

2.1    Effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below), the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  (a)

Schedule 1.1 (Definitions) is hereby amended as follows:

 

  (i)

The following definition are added to the Credit Agreement immediately after the definition of Credit Card Receivables:

Damiani” means, collectively, Damiani International S.A., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Switzerland, and Damiani S.p.A., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Italy.

Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement” means the inventory purchase agreement between the Borrower and Damiani dated as of April 18, 2019, as the same may be modified, amended, supplemented or restated in accordance with the prior written consent of the Agent.

Damiani Purchase Documents” means the Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement, the Damiani Security, the Damiani Subordination Agreement and all documents, instruments and agreements executed from time to time in connection with the Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement, including the purchase orders arising thereunder and the documents and agreements giving effect to the Damiani Security, in each case as the same may be modified, amended, supplemented or restated with the prior written consent of the Agent.

Damiani Security” means (a) the General Security Agreement and Hypothec dated as of April 18, 2019 between the Borrower and Damiani; and (b) any other present and future security, security interests, hypothecs, mortgages, prior claims, liens or charges affecting the Obligors’ assets, or any part thereof, now or hereafter held by or for the account of Damiani as security for the Damiani Subordinated Indebtedness created after the date hereof with the consent of the Agent.

 

2


Damiani Subordinated Indebtedness” means all present and future indebtedness and other liabilities and obligations, contingent or absolute, matured or unmatured, at any time due or accruing due, owing by the Obligors, or any of them, whether alone or with another or others and whether as principal or surety, to Damiani under the Damiani Purchase Documents including in respect of all transactions made pursuant thereto.

Damiani Subordination Agreement” means that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2019, among the Borrower, Damiani, the Agent, the Term Loan Agent and Cash, Gold & Silver Inc., as the same may hereafter be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified with the prior written consent of Agent.

 

  (ii)

The definition of “Material Contract” is amended by deleting the “and” immediately before “(ix)” and adding “and (x) the Damiani Debt Documents” at the end thereof.

 

  (iii)

The “and” is deleted from the end of paragraph (z) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and “; and” is substituted for the “.” at the end of paragraph (aa) and the following is added immediately thereafter:

(bb) Liens created by the Damiani Security in favour of Damiani securing the Damiani Subordinated Indebtedness; provided that (i) such Subordinated Indebtedness is subordinated in right and time of payment to the Obligations and such Liens shall, at all times, be subordinate and junior in priority to the Liens securing the Obligations, in each case pursuant to the terms of the Damiani Subordination Agreement or other terms and conditions satisfactory to the Agent and Required Lenders.

 

  (b)

Section 6.6(a) (Prepayments and Amendments) is amended by adding the following paragraph (iii) at the end thereof:

(iii)    make any payment on account of the Damiani Subordinated Indebtedness other than payments in the amounts and on the due dates therefor set out in the Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement provided that any such payment is permitted to be made at such time under the Damiani Subordination Agreement.

 

  (c)

Section 6.6(b)(i) (Prepayments and Amendments) is amended by adding the “the Damiani Purchase Documents,” after the reference to “Quebec Subordinated Debt Documents,”.

 

  (d)

The final paragraph of Section 6.6 (Prepayments and Amendments) is amended by adding the “the Damiani Purchase Documents,” after the reference to “Quebec Subordinated Debt Documents,”.

 

  (e)

The following new Section is added immediately after Section 8.7 (Default Under Other Agreements), and each subsequent Subsection is re-numbered accordingly thereafter:

 

3


8.8.    Default Under Damiani Purchase Documents. If (i) the Borrower fails to make any payment when due and payable under the Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement or if there is a material breach or default by a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries under any of the Damiani Purchase Documents and, in each case, such failure, breach or default continues for a period of at least thirty (30) days, (ii) any Damiani Subordinated Indebtedness shall become or be declared to be due and payable, or be required to be prepaid (other than by a scheduled or required payment in accordance with the terms of the Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement), prior to the stated due date thereof (iii) any action is taken by Damiani to initiate the commencement of a Standstill Period (as defined in the Damiani Subordination Agreement) or (iv) the validity or enforceability of the Damiani Subordination Agreement shall at any time for any reason (other than solely as the result of an action or failure to act on the part of Agent) be declared to be null and void, or Damiani or any of its Affiliates or agents shall be permitted (by judicial order or otherwise) to take enforcement actions or institute any proceeding (including for the return of Inventory) against any Obligor or any Assets in violation of the Damiani Subordination Agreement;

ARTICLE 3 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

3.1    Conditions to Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date upon which all of the following conditions have been satisfied (the “Effective Date”):

 

  (a)

Agent shall have received this Agreement or counterparts hereof duly executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Agent and Lender, all in accordance with Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement;

 

  (b)

Agent shall have received the Damiani Subordination Agreement duly executed and delivered by each of Borrower, Damiani and the Term Loan Agent;

 

  (c)

Agent shall have received copies of the Damiani Security and the Damiani Inventory Purchase Agreement duly executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;

 

  (d)

Agent shall have received a copy of an amendment to the Revolving Credit Agreement duly executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;

 

  (e)

no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the Effective Date, nor shall either result from giving effect to the terms of this Agreement or the Damiani Purchase Documents and the transactions contemplated thereunder;

 

  (f)

the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties or their respective Subsidiaries contained in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall

 

4


 

not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date); and

 

  (g)

all action on the part of the Loan Parties necessary for the valid execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement shall have been duly and effectively taken.

3.2    Representations and Warranties. The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender Group and the Agent that, as of the date hereof, this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

3.3    Continuance of the Loan Documents and the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as changed, altered, amended or modified by this Agreement, shall be and continue in full force and effect and is hereby confirmed and the rights and obligations of all parties thereunder shall not be affected or prejudiced in any manner except as specifically provided for in this Agreement.

3.4    Confirmation of Existing Security. Borrower acknowledges and confirms that notwithstanding the execution of this Agreement, each of the existing security documents that Borrower has executed in favour of Agent for each member of the Lender Group and each of the Bank Product Providers (i) remains in full force and effect and has not been terminated discharged or released, (ii) constitutes legal valid and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower under the laws of the Province of Ontario (or other governing law specified therein) and the laws of Canada applicable therein in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy insolvency and other laws of general application limiting the enforceability of creditors rights and (iii) continues to stand as valid and enforceable security subject to the qualifications set forth above for the Obligations.

3.5    Reservation of Rights. Agent and Lender Group hereby expressly reserve all of their available rights, remedies and claims in their entirety, any of which may be exercised or otherwise pursued at any time, and from time to time, in the sole and absolute discretion of Agent or Lender Group in accordance with the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or at law or in equity.

3.6    Reference to and Effect on the Credit Agreement. On and after the Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein”, “hereto”, “hereby” and similar expressions, and each reference to “the Credit Agreement” and “the Agreement” in any Schedule to the Credit Agreement and, unless the context otherwise requires, any Loan Documents shall mean and refer to the Credit Agreement, as amended by this Agreement.

3.7    Cost and Expenses. Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of the Agent or any Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery,

 

5


and administration of this Agreement and related documents including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of Proskauer Rose LLP, counsel for the Agent or any Lender with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Agent or any Lender as to its rights and responsibilities hereunder.

3.8    Section Headings. Headings and numbers have been set forth herein for convenience only. Unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each Section applies equally to this entire Agreement.

3.9    Interpretation. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed against the Agent, the Lender Group or the Borrower, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Agreement has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.

3.10    Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

3.11    Counterparts; Electronic Execution. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Loan Document mutatis mutandis.

3.12    Governing Law.

THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANOTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSIES OR DISPUTES ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO AND THE FEDERAL LAWS OF CANADA APPLICABLE THEREIN.

THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO; PROVIDED, THAT

 

6


ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 3.12.

TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS, IF ANY, TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS (EACH A “CLAIM”). BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS LOCATED IN THE PROVINCE OF ONTARIO, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT AGENT MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

NO CLAIM MAY BE MADE BY ANY LOAN PARTY AGAINST AGENT, ANY SWING LENDER, ANY OTHER LENDER, ANY ISSUING LENDER, OR ANY AFFILIATE, DIRECTOR, OFFICER, EMPLOYEE, COUNSEL, REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT, OR ATTORNEY-IN-FACT OF ANY OF THEM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OR LOSSES IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY ACT, OMISSION, OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, AND EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES, AND AGREES NOT TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.

 

7


3.13

Release.

EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT, AS OF THE DATE HEREOF, IT HAS NO DEFENSE, RECOUPMENT, COUNTERCLAIM, OFFSET, CROSS-COMPLAINT, CLAIM OR DEMAND OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER THAT CAN BE ASSERTED TO REDUCE OR ELIMINATE ALL, OR ANY PART OF, ITS LIABILITY TO REPAY THE OBLIGATIONS ARISING UNDER THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR TO SEEK AFFIRMATIVE RELIEF OR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE FROM THE AGENT, THE LENDERS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES AND APPROVED FUNDS, IN EACH CASE IN WHATEVER CAPACITY (EACH A “LENDER PARTY”) (OR ANY LENDER PARTY) ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT. EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY VOLUNTARILY AND KNOWINGLY RELEASES AND FOREVER DISCHARGES EACH LENDER PARTY AND EACH OF THEIR RESPECTIVE RELATED PARTIES, IN EACH CASE IN WHATEVER CAPACITY (COLLECTIVELY, THE “RELEASED PARTIES”), FROM ALL POSSIBLE CLAIMS, DEMANDS, ACTIONS, CAUSES OF ACTION, DAMAGES, COSTS, EXPENSES, AND LIABILITIES WHATSOEVER, KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, ANTICIPATED OR UNANTICIPATED, SUSPECTED OR UNSUSPECTED, FIXED, CONTINGENT, OR CONDITIONAL, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, ORIGINATING IN WHOLE OR IN PART ON OR BEFORE THE DATE THIS AGREEMENT IS ORIGINATED, TAKEN OR EXECUTED, WHICH SUCH LOAN PARTY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AGAINST ANY RELEASED PARTY, IF ANY, AND IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER ANY SUCH CLAIMS ARISE OUT OF CONTRACT, TORT, VIOLATION OF LAW OR REGULATIONS, OR OTHERWISE, AND ARISING FROM OR ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH OR RELATING TO ANY LOANS, THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UNDER THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND/OR NEGOTIATION OF, OR EXECUTION OF, THIS AGREEMENT. EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY COVENANTS AND AGREES NEVER TO INSTITUTE ANY ACTION OR SUIT AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, NOR INSTITUTE, PROSECUTE, OR IN ANY WAY AID IN THE INSTITUTION OR PROSECUTION OF, ANY CLAIM, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION, RIGHTS TO RECOVER DEBTS OR DEMANDS OF ANY NATURE AGAINST ANY OF THE RELEASED PARTIES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO A RELEASED PARTY’S ACTIONS, OMISSIONS, STATEMENTS, REQUESTS OR DEMANDS AND OCCURRING PRIOR TO EFFECTIVENESS OF THIS AGREEMENT RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH LOAN PARTY AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD EACH LENDER PARTY AND EACH OTHER RELEASED PARTY HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL MATTERS RELEASED PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION. EACH LOAN PARTY REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS TO LENDER PARTIES THAT IT HAS NOT PURPORTED TO TRANSFER, ASSIGN OR OTHERWISE CONVEY ANY RIGHT, TITLE OR INTEREST OF SUCH LOAN PARTY IN ANY RELEASED MATTER TO ANY OTHER PERSON AND THAT THE FOREGOING CONSTITUTES A FULL AND COMPLETE RELEASE OF SUCH LOAN PARTY’S CLAIMS WITH RESPECT TO ALL SUCH MATTERS. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS RELEASE AND THE REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, RELEASES, WAIVERS, ACQUITTANCES, DISCHARGES, COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS AND INDEMNIFICATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN (A) CONSTITUTE A MATERIAL

 

8


CONSIDERATION FOR AND INDUCEMENT TO LENDER PARTIES ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, (B) DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN ADMISSION OF OR BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING ANY DUTY, OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY LENDER PARTY TO ANY LOAN PARTY OR ANY OTHER PERSON, (C) DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN ADMISSION OF OR BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING ANY LIABILITY, WRONGDOING; OR VIOLATION OF ANY OBLIGATION, DUTY OR AGREEMENT OF ANY LENDER PARTY TO ANY LOAN PARTY OR ANY OTHER PERSON, AND (D) SHALL NOT BE USED AS EVIDENCE AGAINST ANY LENDER PARTY BY ANY LOAN PARTY OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR ANY PURPOSE.

[Signature pages to follow]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

BIRKS GROUP INC.
By:  

/s/ Jean-Christophe Bédos

  Name:   Jean-Christophe Bédos
  Title:   President & Chief Executive Officer
By:  

/s/ Miranda Melfi

  Name:   Miranda Melfi
  Title:   Vice President, Human Resources, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement]


CRYSTAL FINANCIAL LLC, as Agent
By:  

/s/ Rebecca Tarby

  Name:   Rebecca Tarby
  Title:   Managing Director
CRYSTAL FINANCIAL SPV LLC, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Rebecca Tarby

  Name:   Rebecca Tarby
  Title:   Managing Director

 

2


AGREED TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED by the undersigned as of the date first indicated above.

 

CASH, GOLD & SILVER INC., as guarantor
By:  

/s/ Jean-Christophe Bédos

  Name:   Jean-Christophe Bédos
  Title:   President
By:  

/s/ Marco Pasteris

  Name:   Marco Pasteris
  Title:   Vice President

Exhibit 4.40

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made as of December 18, 2019 by and between Katia Fontana (the “Executive”) and Birks Group Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada (the “Company”).

WHEREAS the Executive received and accepted a conditional offer of employment from the Company on November 27, 2019;

WHEREAS the parties declare and acknowledge that the pre-employment conditions set out in such offer have all been duly satisfied;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of their respective covenants and agreements, the parties agree as follows:

1.    Position, Responsibilities and Term of Agreement

1.1    Employment and Duties. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company employs the Executive to serve, effective January 13, 2019 or as may be otherwise mutually agreed between the Company and the Executive, as its Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer, reporting to the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer (or to any other position designated by the Company’s Board of Directors from time to time). The Executive accepts such employment and agrees to perform in a diligent, careful and proper manner such responsibilities and duties commensurate with such a position as may be assigned to the Executive. The Executive agrees to devote substantially all business time and efforts to and give undivided loyalty to the Company.

1.2    Place of work: The Executive shall be based in Montreal, Quebec, Canada, and provide her services to the Company primarily in Canada, with the requirement to travel across Canada on a regular basis and abroad as needed and/or directed by the Company and any other traveling needs required by the position.

1.3    Effective Date: Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment will begin on January 13, 2020 or as may be otherwise mutually agreed between the Company and the Executive and this Agreement shall be effective as of that date (the “Effective Date”) and shall continue for an indefinite term thereafter unless otherwise terminated as provided for in this Agreement (the “Term”).

2.    Compensation

2.1    Base Salary. As of the Effective Date and during the Term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive an annual gross base salary of $300,000 (“Base Salary”) less all applicable taxes, and withholdings, payable in the manner dictated by the Company’s standard payroll policies. The Base Salary may be adjusted from time to time at the Company’s discretion. The Base Salary is the Executive’s total compensation for all hours of work, it being understood that the hours of work may vary and may sometimes exceed 40 hours per week.


2.2    Incentive Compensation.

“Fiscal Year” in this Agreement shall mean such period of approximately twelve (12) months defined as such from time to time by the Company’s Board of Directors. In the event of any change in the definition of “Fiscal Year” it should not adversely affect any bonus payment or other compensation based or calculated on the Fiscal Year.

a)    Annual Cash Bonus. Commencing with the 2021 Fiscal Year and for each Fiscal Year of the Company thereafter through which the Executive remains actively employed by the Company, the Executive will have the opportunity to earn a bonus, when available, based on achievement of a targeted level of performance, as reflected in an annual bonus letter, if applicable, and based on performance criteria set by the Company with a target bonus of 40% of the Base Salary (the “Annual Cash Bonus”). The Annual Cash Bonus, if any, shall be payable upon completion of the Fiscal Year to which it relates. The Executive is required to be continuously and actively employed from the Effective Date through the date of the payment of the Annual Cash Bonus in order to receive any payment of the Annual Cash Bonus. The Executive acknowledges that: (i) terms of the Annual Cash Bonus and management bonus plan may change each Fiscal Year at the discretion of the Company; (ii) she has no expectation that in any Fiscal Year there will be a guaranteed level of the Annual Cash Bonus; (iii) the amount of the Annual Cash Bonus, if any, that the Executive may be awarded may change from year to year; and (iv) all bonuses are subject to applicable deductions and withholdings. For greater certainty, “actively employed” means that the Executive is actively at work performing her job duties for the Company, and, subject to applicable employment standards legislation, expressly does not mean or include any period in lieu of notice of termination in which the Executive is not performing job duties for the Company.

2.3    Participation in Benefit Plans and Discount Policy. If acceptable by the Company’s group insurers, the Company will provide the Executive with the group insurance coverages, currently including life, dental, medical insurance benefits and short-term and long-term disability benefits (the “Benefits”), in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan documents, as may be amended from time to time and the Executive shall have no independent right as against the Company in connection with the Benefits. The cost of the Benefits shall be borne by the Company according to the prevailing policies applicable to other Senior Management members. In addition, the Executive will be entitled to participate in the Company’s Discount Policy for Officers and Members of the Board. The Company may, at its discretion, modify said policies from time to time.

2.4    Vacation Days. The Executive shall be entitled to twenty (20) days of vacation for each Fiscal Year consistent with the Company’s vacation policy for Senior Management officers. The vacation days are earned for a given Fiscal Year during that same Fiscal Year; as a result, for any portion of a Fiscal Year worked, the vacation shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days worked during the Fiscal Year. Unused vacation days may not be carried over from year to year, unless otherwise approved by the Company or required in accordance with applicable employment standards legislation. In the event that the Executive’s employment terminates and the Executive has taken more vacation days than were accrued at the date of termination, the Executive agrees that the

 

2


Company has the right to request a reimbursement for the value of the vacation days overtaken and/or deduct the amount from any sums due to the Executive and the Executive consents to any such deduction.

2.5    Expenses. During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled, without duplication, to receive reimbursement for all reasonable and pre-approved business expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company.

2.6    Car Allowance: In addition but without duplication, the Executive shall receive the following gross all-inclusive car allowance, in a lump sum amount equal to $1,000 per month in accordance with the car allowance policy applicable to other members of Senior Management as may be amended from time to time. Any other automobile costs or expenses including, without limitation, maintenance, insurance, repairs, lease or financing costs, and mileage, are the sole responsibility of the Executive.

2.7    Annual Retirement Benefit Contribution: During the Term, the Company will pay the Executive an annual retirement benefit contribution of $25,000 payable by installment on a quarterly basis, less applicable taxes and withholdings. At the option of the Executive and to the extent permitted by applicable laws, this amount may be paid to the Executive’s registered retirement savings plan.

2.8    Taxable Benefits: It is understood that to the extent the provisions in this Section 2 generate a taxable benefit for income tax purposes, these taxes will be the sole responsibility of the Executive and the Company reserves the right to withhold the taxes as applicable.

3.    Termination

3.1    Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

a)    “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day that any one or more of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(i)    any “Person” as defined below (other than members of the Controlling Shareholder Group, the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company, or any company controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Controlling Shareholder Group), is or becomes the “beneficial owner”, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii)    the shareholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or entity, OTHER THAN a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving

 

3


entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or a merger or consolidation with or into any company the voting securities of which are beneficially owned 50% or more by the Controlling Shareholder Group;

(iii)    the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(iv)    the total combined voting power of the Company (or any successor entity) represented by shares of voting stock owned by members of the Controlling Shareholder Group is reduced to less than 50%.

The “Controlling Shareholder Group” includes: (i) Montel Sàrl; (ii) Mangrove Holding S.A.; (iii) Grande Rousse Trust; (iv) Meritus Trust Company Limited; (v) Dr. Lorenzo Rossi di Montelera, (vi) the spouse and lineal descendants of Dr. Lorenzo Rossi di Montelera; and/or (vii) any trust whose principal beneficiaries are persons described in clauses (v) and (vi).

A “Person” includes any natural person and any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust or other entity.

b)    “Cause” shall mean: (i) the failure by the Executive to substantially perform the Executive’s duties for the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness, or any such actual or anticipated failure after the Executive announces her intention to resign for Good Reason); (ii) the engaging by the Executive in misconduct which is or has the potential to be financially injurious to the Company; (iii) the Executive’s conviction or a pleading of guilty with respect to the commission of an indictable offence or a crime involving bad faith or dishonesty; (iv) the Executive’s insubordination; (v) any breach by the Executive of any material term of this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Executive and the Company; (vi) the Executive’s material violation of any of the Company’s policies; or (vii) any other act, omission or circumstance or series of acts, omissions or circumstances by the Executive that would, pursuant to applicable civil law, permit the Company to, without notice or payment in lieu of notice, terminate her employment.

c)    “Disability” shall mean the Executive’s inability to perform the Executive’s duties by reason of mental or physical disability for at least or 180 days in any three-hundred sixty-five (365) day period. In the event of a dispute as to whether the Executive is disabled within the meaning hereof, either party may from time to time request a medical examination of the Executive by a doctor appointed by the Chief of Staff of a hospital selected by mutual agreement of the parties, or as the parties may otherwise agree, and the written medical opinion of such doctor shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties as to whether the Executive has become disabled and the date when such disability arose. The cost of any such medical examination shall be borne by the Company.

 

4


d)    “Good Reason” shall mean (i) the material diminishment of the Executive’s authority or responsibility as a senior executive of the Company and the assignment to the Executive of duties inconsistent in material respect with the Executive’s position(s), span of control, responsibilities or status within the Company; (ii) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement which is not remedied after thirty (30) days written notice thereof. In the event of a resignation for Good Reason, Executive must provide the Company with a written “Notice of Resignation for Good Reason.” The “Notice of Resignation for Good Reason” shall include the specific reason that the Company’s act or failure to act has given rise to the Executive’s resignation for Good Reason in accordance with this Agreement.

3.2    Termination of Agreement by the Executive.

Executive may terminate this Agreement without Good Reason by giving the Company written notice of such termination at least sixty (60) days prior to the termination date (the “Resignation Notice Period”); the Company can request a longer Resignation Notice Period of up to ninety (90) days with the consent of the Executive; the Company is under no obligation to use the Executive’s services during the Resignation Notice Period and such period may be waived or curtailed at the Company’s option, provided that Company continues to pay the Executive’s Base Salary and provide benefits over the Resignation Notice Period.

3.3    Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason.

In the event at any time of (a) the termination of the employment of the Executive by the Company without Cause (for any reason other than by death or Disability) or (b) the resignation of the Executive from the Company within thirty (30) days of an event constituting Good Reason, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive only the following:

(i)    Any earned and accrued but unpaid installment of base salary through the date of the Executive’s resignation for Good Reason or termination at the rate in effect immediately prior to such resignation for Good Reason or termination (or the rate in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of an event that constitutes Good Reason, whichever is greater) and all other unpaid amounts to which the Executive is entitled as of such date under any plan or program of the Company (including payment for any vacation time earned and not taken during the Fiscal Year in which termination occurs and reimbursements not yet paid but due for business expenses previously incurred, such payments to be made in a lump sum within fifteen (15) days following the date of resignation for Good Reason or termination;

(ii)    Notice or payment in lieu of notice representing six (6) months (the “Notice Period”) of base salary at the same rate of base salary in effect immediately prior to the Executive’s resignation for Good Reason or termination (or the base salary in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of an event that constitutes Good Reason, whichever is greater). If the Company elects to make a payment in lieu of notice, the Company shall make the payment in lieu of notice in equal installments, less applicable

 

5


taxes and other withholdings, on the Company’s regular payroll dates. In addition, the Executive will receive the equivalent of the average Annual Cash Bonus prorated for the Notice Period, if any (based on the average Annual Cash Bonus paid to her over the previous three (3) Fiscal Years, if any) paid over that number of months in the Notice Period, less applicable taxes and other withholdings, on the Company’s regular payroll dates. In the event that the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause occurs before the Executive has completed three (3) Fiscal Years, the average bonus will be calculated based on the available historical earnings prior to the date of the termination of Executive’s employment without Cause.

The Notice Period referred to above shall be increased by one (1) additional month after two (2) years of service for each additional year of service thereafter, up to a maximum of twelve (12) months after eight (8) years of service.

All payment of base salary and of Annual Cash Bonus continuation shall cease upon the Executive commencing alternate employment or other gainful activities providing income or fees equivalent to at least 70% of the Executive’s Base Salary; provided however that in no event will the Executive receive less than her minimum statutory entitlements, if any.

However, should the Executive be terminated without Cause within six (6) months following a Change in Control, then the Executive shall receive instead of the salary continuation set forth above a lump sum amount equal to twelve (12) months of base salary and Annual Cash Bonus (based on the average Annual Cash Bonus paid to her over the previous three (3) Fiscal Years), if any regardless of the Executive’s length of service at that time.

(iii)    The Company shall maintain in full force and effect for the Notice Period described in Section (ii), following the date of the Executive’s resignation for Good Reason or termination without Cause, health and dental insurance programs (not disability and life insurance programs) in which the Executive was entitled to participate either immediately prior to the Executive’s resignation for Good Reason or termination without Cause or immediately prior to the occurrence of an event that constitutes Good Reason, provided that the Executive’s continued participation is possible under the general terms and provisions of such programs.

The health and dental insurance program coverage shall cease upon the Executive commencing alternate employment or other gainful activities.

(iv)    Any other benefits or perquisites will cease effective the date of termination;

(v)    Any vested stock option or other long-term incentive grants shall expire in accordance with the Company’s applicable long-term incentive plans and grant agreements under which the stock option or long-term incentive was granted.

(vi)    As a condition to her entitlement to receive termination payments and benefits under clauses (ii) and (iii) of this Section, the Executive shall have executed and delivered to the Company a release substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

6


For greater clarity:

a)    the above payments and continuation of benefits are inclusive of (and not in addition to) the Executive’s minimum statutory entitlements and, except as set forth above, no other payment whatsoever shall be due by the Company to the Executive;

b)    the Executive will not be entitled to any civil law notice or payments in lieu with respect to the termination of her employment in accordance with these provisions and the Executive voluntarily waives such notice or payments in lieu; and

c)    except as set out above, no further notice of termination, pay in lieu thereof, severance pay or any other amounts will be payable to the Executive in respect of the termination of her employment whether at civil law or otherwise, including in the event of a constructive dismissal. The Executive also agrees that regardless of the length of her employment with the Company, any change in her position or other terms of employment, this provision will continue to apply to her.

3.4    Termination for Cause or Resignation without Good Reason. In the event of the Executive’s termination of employment for Cause, or her resignation without Good Reason, only the amounts set forth in clause (i) of Section 3.3 shall be payable to the Executive. No other payment whatsoever shall be due by the Company to the Executive.

3.5    Termination for Disability or Death. In the event of the Executive’s termination of employment because of death or Disability, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive only the following:

(i)    the amount set forth in clause (i) of Section 3.3;

(ii)    the amount set forth in clause (ii) of Section 3.3;

(iii)    any vested stock option or other long-term incentive shall expire in accordance with the Company’s applicable long-term incentive plan and grant agreement under which the stock option or long-term incentive plan was granted.

No other payment whatsoever shall be due by the Company to the Executive.

3.6    Withholding. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any amounts payable under this Agreement an amount necessary to satisfy its obligations, under applicable laws, to withhold income or other taxes of the Executive attributable to payments made hereunder.

 

7


4.    Non-Competition. The Executive agrees that during the Term, and for a twelve-month period thereafter (the “Non-Competition Period”), the Executive will not, directly or indirectly (a) engage or be engaged in a capacity that is the same as or similar to the position occupied by the Executive while an employee of the Company, for any undertaking or business which competes with the business of the Company (a “Competing Business”), such business being the designing, retail and/or wholesale sale of precious stones, jewellery, watches and other related products and the provision of related services (such as appraisals and repairs) (the “Prohibited Business”) in the territory listed in Schedule 1 (attached hereto) (the “Territory”); or (b) engage in business, in the Territory, with any present executive, officer, employee or agent of the Company for purposes which are competitive with the Prohibited Business.

In the event that the Company terminates the Executive without Cause, or if the Executive resigns with Good Reason, the Non-Competition Period shall be equal to the length of the Notice Period described in Section (ii).

This prohibition shall not apply provided the two following conditions are both met: the Competing Business does not derive 5% or more of its revenues (including those of its affiliates in aggregate) from the aggregate of all its Prohibited Businesses; and such revenues are less than 25% of the revenues of the Company and its affiliates in such Prohibited Business.

5.    Non-Solicitation of Customers. The Executive agrees that during the Term, and for a twelve-month period thereafter (the “Non-Solicitation Period”), the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit the business of any Customer or Supplier of the Company for purposes which are competitive with the Prohibited Business.

In the event that the Company terminates the Executive without Cause, or if the Executive resigns with Good Reason, the Non-Solicitation Period shall be equal to the length of the Notice Period described in Section (ii).

A “Customer” includes any Person who, during the Term (including, for certainty, the Resignation Notice Period), or in the case of termination of employment, in the one (1) year preceding the date of termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder for any reason, has purchased from the Company, with the Executive’s knowledge, any product or services sold or distributed by the Company in respect of the Prohibited Business for a value of $20,000 or more in the preceding twenty-four (24) month period.

A “Supplier” means any Person who, during the Term (including, for certainty, the Resignation Notice Period), and in the case of termination, in the one (1) year preceding the date of termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder for any reason, has sold to the Company, with the Executive’s knowledge, any products that are resold by the Company as an integral part of the Business.

6.    Non-Solicitation of Employees. The Executive agrees that during the Term, and for a twelve-month period thereafter (the “Non-Solicitation of Employee Period”), the

 

8


Executive will not, directly or indirectly, induce any Person who, to the Executive’s knowledge, is an executive, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or any member of the Company, to terminate their relationship with the Company.

In the event that the Company terminates the Executive without Cause, or if the Executive resigns with Good Reason, the Non-Solicitation of Employee Period shall be equal to the length of the Notice Period described in Section (ii).

7.    Confidentiality

7.1    The Executive agrees that during her employment with the Company and for so long thereafter as the Company has not allowed public disclosure of the business information referred to below, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, disclose, divulge, discuss, copy or otherwise use or allow to be used in any manner, the customer lists, manufacturing and marketing methods, product research or engineering data, vendors lists, contractors lists, financial information, business plans and methods or other confidential business information or trade secrets of the Company, its direct or indirect subsidiaries or its affiliates, it being acknowledged by the Executive that all such information regarding the business of the Company, its direct or indirect subsidiaries or its affiliates compiled or obtained by, or furnished to, or developed by the Executive while the Executive shall have been employed by or associated with the Company is confidential information and the Company’s exclusive property (it being understood, however, that the information publicly disclosed by the Company shall not be subject to this Section 7.1).

7.2    Upon the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, or at any time upon the request of the Company, the Executive (or the Executive’s heirs or personal representatives) shall deliver to the Company (a) all documents and materials (including, without limitation, computer files) containing confidential information relating to the business and affairs of the Company, its direct and indirect subsidiaries and its affiliates, and (b) all documents, materials and other property (including, without limitation, computer files) belonging to the Company, its direct or indirect subsidiaries and its affiliates, which in either case are in the possession or under the control of the Executive (or Executive’s heirs or personal representatives).

8.    Remedies and Recognition

8.1    The Executive expressly agrees and understands that the remedy at law for any breach by the Executive of any of the provisions of Section 4, Section 5, Section 6 or Section 7 hereof will be inadequate and that damages flowing from such breach are not readily susceptible to being measured in monetary terms. Accordingly, it is acknowledged that upon adequate proof of the Executive’s violation of any legally enforceable provision of Section 4, Section 5, Section 6 or Section 7 hereof, the Company shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief and may obtain a temporary order restraining any threatened or further breach. Nothing in this Section 8 shall be deemed to limit the Company’s remedies at law or in equity for any breach by the Executive of any of the provisions of Section 4, Section 5, Section 6 or Section 7 hereof, which may be pursued or availed of by the Company.

 

9


8.2    In the event the Executive shall violate any legally enforceable provision of Section 4, Section 5, Section 6 or Section 7 hereof as to which there is a specific time period during which she is prohibited from taking certain actions or from engaging in certain activities, as set forth in such provision, then, such violation shall toll the running of such time period from the date of such violation until such violation shall cease; provided, however, the Company shall seek appropriate remedies in a reasonably prompt manner after discovery of a violation by the Executive.

8.3    The Executive has carefully considered the nature and extent of the restrictions upon her pursuant to Section 4, Section 5, Section 6 and Section 7 hereof (the “Restrictive Covenants”) and the rights and remedies conferred upon the Company under this Section 8, and hereby acknowledges and agrees that the same are reasonable in time, territory and scope, are designed to eliminate competition which otherwise would be unfair to the Company, are not designed to stifle the inherent skill and experience of the Executive, would not operate as a bar to the Executive’s sole means of support, are fully required to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and do not confer a benefit upon the Company disproportionate to the detriment to the Executive.

8.4    If any court or arbitrators determine that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, is unenforceable because of the duration or territory of such provision, the duration or territory of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.

8.5    The Company and the Executive intend to and hereby confer jurisdiction to enforce the Restrictive Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of the Restrictive Covenants. If the courts of any one or more or such jurisdictions hold the Restrictive Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breach of scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Restrictive Covenants as to breaches of such Restrictive Covenants in such other respective jurisdiction, such Restrictive Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction being, of this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata.

9.    Intellectual Property

9.1    The Executive hereby acknowledges that the Company is the sole and exclusive owner of all rights, title and interest in and with regard to the Products (as hereinafter defined). Consequently, the Executive, expressly and irrevocably, hereby assigns, to the Company and its successors and assigns, exclusively and globally, all rights, title and interest in the Products in their final form and as they are developed from time to time, including, without limiting the scope of the foregoing, all copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks, industrial designs, patent rights, and any other intellectual property rights in any work product carried out as part of or in connection with his/her duties as Executive of the Company, during or outside of business hours, relating to any current, planned or

 

10


future activities of the Company or any company in connection with the Company or its affiliated entities, including, but not limited to, designs, mock-ups, documents, publications, promotional material, advertisements, texts, data and other information, programs and software, developments, inventions, models, databases, business methods, technical and non-technical procedures, manuals, reports and any improvements, modifications or additions made to the products that have been, are being or will be made or designed by the Executive (alone or jointly with others, whether carried out on the Company’s premises or not), during the Term (collectively referred to as “Products”).

9.2    The Executive hereby waives in favour of the Company, its successors and assigns, all moral rights that she may have or claim to have with respect to the Products, including (i) the right to being recognized as the author or creator of the Products as well as (ii) the right to challenge any modification or use of the Products.

9.3    The Executive acknowledges that the Products are and shall remain the sole property of the Company and may not be used by the Executive for any purpose other than for the Company’s benefit, with its consent and according to its instructions.

9.4    The Executive hereby agrees to sign any document that the Company, its successors or assigns consider necessary or useful to give full effect to the Company’s rights concerning the Products. All Products and any media containing the Products that are in the Executive’s possession shall be immediately returned to the Company upon termination of this Agreement and no copy shall be retained by the Executive without the Company’s explicit, prior written consent.

10.    Assignment. The rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall not be assignable by either the Company or the Executive, provided that this Agreement is assignable by the Company to any affiliate of the Company, to any successor in interest to the business of any of the Company, or to a purchaser of all or substantially all of the assets of any of the Company including without limitation by way of merger or stock purchase.

11.    Miscellaneous

11.1    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed for all purposes by the laws of the Province of Quebec and the laws of Canada applicable thereto.

11.2    Notices. Any notice, request, or instruction to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when personally delivered or delivered by a nationally recognized delivery service, or three days after being sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, with return receipt requested to, the parties at their respective addresses set forth below:

 

11


a)    To the Company:

Birks Group Inc.

2020 Robert-Bourassa Blvd.

Suite 200

Montreal, Quebec

H3A 2A5

Attention: Vice President, Human Resources, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

b)    To the Executive:

Ms. Katia Fontana

329 Upper Edison

Saint-Lambert, Qc

J4R 2T9

11.3    Severability. If any paragraph, subparagraph or provision hereof is found for any reason whatsoever to be invalid or inoperative, that paragraph, subparagraph or provision shall be deemed severable and shall not affect the force and validity of any other provision of this Agreement. The covenants of the Executive in this Agreement shall each be construed as an agreement independent of any other provision in this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action of the Executive against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of the covenants in this Agreement.

11.4    Entire Agreement, Amendment and Waiver. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and there are no oral terms or representations made by either party other than those herein. This Agreement may not be amended, supplemented or waived except by a writing signed by the party against which such amendment or waiver is to be enforced. The waiver by any party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate to, or be construed as a waiver of, any other breach of that provision nor as a waiver of any breach of another provision.

11.5    Jurisdiction. Subject to Section 8.4, any legal action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in the courts of the Province of Quebec and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Executive and the Company irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of those courts. The Executive and the Company irrevocably waive any objection, including any objection based on the grounds of forum non-conveniens, which either may now or hereinafter have to the bringing of any action or proceeding in such jurisdiction in respect of this Agreement or any transaction related thereto.

 

12


11.6    Enforcement.

a)    This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amounts are still payable to the Executive hereunder, all such amounts shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s estate or beneficiary.

b)    If either party is required to institute litigation or arbitration to enforce their rights under this Agreement, then the prevailing party, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.

11.7    Survival of Rights and Obligations. The provisions of Sections 3.2,3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8.1, 8.2 and 9 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. However, nothing in this subsection prohibits the Company from seeking relief under Section 8 of this Agreement, including circumstances where the Executive purports to resign with Good Reason.

11.8    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which is an original but which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

11.9    Written Resignation. In the event this Agreement is terminated for any reason (except by death), the Executive agrees that if at the time Executive is a director or officer of the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, Executive will immediately deliver a written resignation as such director or officer, such resignation to become effective immediately.

11.10    Executive’s Representations. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that (i) the Executive is able to perform fully the Executive’s duties and responsibilities contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) there are no restrictions, covenants, agreements or limitations of any kind on her right or ability to enter into and fully perform the terms of this Agreement.

11.11    Currency. For the avoidance of doubt, any references to monies or dollars set forth in this Agreement shall be in Canadian Dollars.

11.12    Independent Legal Advice. The Executive acknowledges that she has been advised to obtain, and that she has obtained or has been afforded the opportunity to obtain, independent legal advice with respect to this Agreement and that she understands the nature and consequences of this Agreement.

11.13    Language. The parties hereto acknowledge that they have requested and are satisfied that this Agreement and all related documents be drawn up in the English language. Les parties aux présentes reconnaissent avoir requis que la présente entente et les documents qui y sont relatifs soient rédigés en anglais.

[Remainder of the page intentionally left blank]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement upon the date first above written.

 

BIRKS GROUP INC.
By:  

    /s/ Jean-Christophe Bédos

  Jean-Christophe Bédos
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Katia Fontana

Katia Fontana

 

14


SCHEDULE 1

TERRITORY

The following provinces in Canada:

 

  i)

Quebec

 

  ii)

Ontario

 

  iii)

Alberta

 

  iv)

British Columbia


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE

Birks Group Inc. (the “Company”) and Katia Fontana (the “Executive”) entered into an Employment Agreement (“Employment Agreement”) made as of December 18, 2019. To satisfy the requirement of Section 3.3 of the Employment Agreement, Executive hereby grants the Company the Release set forth below:

1.    Release. The Executive, for herself, her heirs, and personal and legal representatives, except as provided in Section 2 hereof, does hereby irrevocably and unconditionally release, remise, and forever discharge the Company and any of its parent companies, subsidiaries or affiliates and each of their respective officers, directors, and employees (the “Releasees”), however denominated, past, present, and future, and their predecessors, successors, and assigns, of and from any and all manner of actions, causes, matters, suits, dues, bonds, judgments, debts, accounts, covenants, agreements, claims, controversies, guarantees, warranties, damages, liabilities, or demands of any nature whatsoever in law or equity, whether or not now known to her that she ever had, now has, or hereafter can, shall, or may have, for, upon, or by reason of any matter, action, omission to act, transaction, practice, conduct, cause, or thing of any kind whatsoever to the date she executes this Release. Such release, remise, and discharge of the Releasees includes, without limitation, any and all claims under any and all federal, provincial, state and local statutes or civil law and extends without limitation to any and all acts, practices, or conduct by the Releasees, or the effects thereof, whether or not Executive now has knowledge thereof, or if any such effects exist or may in the future exist as a result of any act, omission, practice, or conduct that occurred prior to the date she executes this Release. Except as provided in Section 2, this Release shall specifically include, but not be limited to, the following:

(a)    any and all claims and matters of any kind which arise or might arise, or which otherwise relate to the Executive’s employment with the Company or any of the Company’s parent companies, subsidiaries, affiliates, or the Executive’s termination of employment;

(b)    any and all claims for wages and benefits (including without limitation salary, stock, stock options, commissions, incentive compensation, bonuses, notice, payment in lieu of notice, termination pay, severance pay, health and welfare benefits, overtime pay, vacation pay, interest, and any other fringe-type benefit);

(c)    any and all claims for wrongful dismissal, breach of contract (whether written or oral, express or implied), and implied covenants of good faith and fair dealing;

(d)    any claims under human rights or employment standards legislation (having discussed or otherwise canvassed any and all human rights or employment standards complaints, concerns or issues arising out of or with respect to the Executive’s relationship with the Releasees including any harassment claim or potential claim);


(e)    any and all claims under applicable employment standards legislation or any federal, provincial, state or local statute relating to employee benefits;

(f)    any and all claims in tort, including but not limited to any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, defamation, interference with contract or prospective economic advantage, intentional infliction of emotional distress, and/or negligence;

(g)    any and all claims for additional commissions, compensation, or damages of any kind; and

(h)    any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

2.    General.

(a)    It is understood and agreed that for the said consideration, the Executive will not make any claim or take any proceeding in connection with the claims released herein against any other person or party who may claim contribution or indemnity from the Releasees by virtue of said claim or proceeding.

(b)    It is understood and agreed that for the said consideration, the Executive further covenants and agrees to save harmless and indemnify the Releasees from and against all claims, charges, taxes or penalties and demands which may be made by the appropriate taxing authorities in Canada and Quebec requiring the Releasee to pay income tax, charges or penalties under applicable statutes and regulations in respect of income tax payable by the Executive for services the Executive rendered to the Releasee; and in respect of any and all claims, charges, taxes, or penalties and demands which may be found payable by the Releasees in respect of the Executive relating to governmentally regulated or other employment insurance or pension plan programs.

(c)    It is understood and agreed that the amounts provided to the Executive are intended to be inclusive of, and not in addition to, any benefits and allowances or obligations prescribed by applicable employment standards legislation and are to be in full payment of the obligations under such legislation, including the individual notice, termination pay and benefits requirements and entitlements of such legislation.

(d)    It is understood and agreed that for the said consideration, the Executive will not make any statements, written or verbal, nor cause or encourage others to make any statements, written or verbal, that defame, disparage or in any way criticize the personal or business reputations, practices or conduct of the Releasee, its shareholders, officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, partners, affiliates or consultants.

(e)    The Executive expressly declares, except as set out in this Release, that the Executive has no claim of any nature or kind to any entitlement whatsoever arising under or from any group health or welfare insurance policy maintained by the Releasee for the benefit of its employees including disability or life insurance plans.

(f)    It is further understood and agreed that the giving of the aforementioned consideration is deemed to be no admission of liability on the part of the said Releasees, said liability in fact being denied.

 

2


(g)    The Executive hereby undertakes to comply with her contractual obligations which continue to apply following the termination of her employment, including without limitation the non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality covenants. These undertakings shall form part of this Release as if they were reproduced herein.

(h)    This Release shall be deemed to have been made in and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec.

(i)    This Release shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Executive and the Company and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal personal representatives, successors and assigns.

(j)    The Executive has requested that this Release be drawn up in the English language. / La soussignée a requis que la présente Quittance soit rédigée en anglais.

3.    Review. The Executive acknowledges that she has had the opportunity to review the Employment Agreement and this Release and to consider their terms with her attorneys and advisors and that she understands their meaning and effect. The Executive hereby acknowledges that the execution of this Release is the Executive’s own free and voluntary act and that the only inducement for Executive’s granting this Release is the payment provided for in Section 3.3 of the Employment Agreement. The Executive understands and acknowledges that the agreement with the Company constitutes a transaction within the terms of articles 2631 et seq. of the Civil Code of Québec and is made without prejudice and without any admission whatsoever of responsibility, fault or liability on the part of the Company.

UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED:

 

    

     

     

Katia Fontana                            Date

    

     

     

Witness       Date

 

3

EXHIBIT 4.41

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following summary of our common stock is based on and qualified by reference to our Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended (the “Articles of Incorporation”), and our By-laws, as amended (the “By-laws”). For a complete description of the terms and provisions of our equity securities, including our common stock, refer to the Articles of Incorporation and the By-laws, both of which are filed with the SEC.

Throughout this exhibit, references to “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Birks Group Inc.

We are authorized to issue:

• An unlimited number of Class A voting shares without nominal or par value;

• An unlimited number of Class B multiple voting shares without nominal or par value; and

• An unlimited number of preferred shares without nominal or par value, issuable in series.

Our Common Stock is listed on the NYSE American under the symbol “BGI.”

As of March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, there were 10,252,911 and 10,242,911 Class A voting shares outstanding, respectively, 7,717,970 Class B multiple voting shares outstanding (which are convertible into 7,717,970 Class A voting shares) and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Due to the exercise of stock options, 10,000 additional Class A voting shares were issued, thereby increasing the total number of Class A voting shares by 10,000 during fiscal 2020.

As of March 28, 2020, we had outstanding warrants to purchase up to 382,693 Class A voting shares at a weighted average exercise price of $3.42 per share. These warrants are fully vested and exercisable and expire on August 20, 2022. As of March 28, 2020, we had total outstanding options (with exercise prices ranging from $0.78 to $1.94 to purchase 704,818 Class A voting shares. As of March 28, 2020, we had total outstanding stock appreciation rights to purchase 96,000 Class A voting shares at an exercise price of $1.011. The number of Class A voting shares or other securities at the time issuable upon exercise of such warrants and options will be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, recapitalization, restricted stock vest or other similar event affecting the number of outstanding shares of stock or securities.

The following description summarizes the material terms and provisions of our Class A voting shares, Class B multiple voting shares and preferred shares that we may offer from time to time. The following summary description is based on the provisions of our restated articles and amended bylaws, which are incorporated by reference, and the applicable provisions of the Canada Business Corporations Act, or CBCA. The information below is only a summary and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to our restated articles and amended bylaws and the applicable provisions of CBCA.

Class A Voting Shares

The Class A voting shares have attached the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

Voting. Each Class A voting share will entitle the holder thereof to one vote at all meetings of our shareholders (except meetings at which only holders of another specified class of shares are entitled to vote pursuant to the provisions of our restated articles or the Canada Business Corporations Act, or CBCA).

Ranking on Liquidation. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, whether voluntary or involuntary, or other distribution of our assets among shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class of shares ranking prior to the Class A voting shares or the Class B multiple voting shares, the holders of the Class A voting shares and the holders of the Class B multiple voting shares will be entitled to receive our remaining property. The holders of the Class A voting shares and the holders of the Class B multiple voting shares will rank equally with respect to the distribution of assets in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of our assets among shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs.


Dividends and Distributions. In addition to any dividend or distribution declared by our directors in respect of Class A voting shares, holders of Class A voting shares will be entitled to receive a dividend or distribution, whether cash, non-cash or some combination thereof, equal (on a per share basis) to any dividend or distribution declared by our directors in respect of the Class B multiple voting shares. Dividends and distributions on Class A voting shares will be payable on the date fixed for payment of the dividend or distribution in respect of Class A voting shares or, if applicable, on the date fixed for payment of any dividend or distribution in respect of Class B multiple voting shares.

Right of Participation in a Sale Transaction.

• No holder of Class B multiple voting shares or group of holders of Class B multiple voting shares that are affiliates may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of Class B multiple voting shares if, immediately following such sale, transfer or disposition of Class B multiple voting shares, such holders will control less than a majority of the total voting rights attached to the common shares issued and outstanding on the date of such sale, transfer or disposition, unless all other holders of common shares will have the right (A) to receive the same consideration (on a per share basis), whether cash, non-cash or some combination thereof, as that to be received by such holders pursuant to the transaction and (B) to participate in such transaction on the same terms as such holders in all other material respects, including in respect of the conditions to such transaction. Written notice of any transaction, which notice will specify the terms of such transaction and the right of all holders of common shares to participate in such transaction, will be provided to the holders of common shares by first class mail, at least twenty (20) business days prior to the consummation of such transaction.

• Any transaction not in compliance with the paragraph above will be null and void and will not be registered in our books.

• Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following will constitute a prohibited transaction: (A) any pledge, mortgage, hypothecation, lien or similar encumbrance, whether by possession or registration, of Class B multiple voting shares which creates a security interest in favor of another person or entity, and (B) any sale, transfer or other disposition of Class B multiple voting shares to Affiliates, Associates or shareholders of the transferor of such Class B multiple voting shares. For purposes of this section, an “Affiliate” means a person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified person. For purposes of this section, an “Associate”, when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means (x) any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity and (y) a spouse or child of such person.

Right of Participation in a Business Combination.

• We will not consummate a Business Combination unless the holders of Class A voting shares have the right (A) to receive the same consideration (on a per share basis), whether cash, non-cash or some combination thereof, as that to be received by the holders of Class B multiple voting shares in connection with such Business Combination and (B) to participate in such Business Combination on the same terms as the holders of Class B multiple voting shares in all other material respects, including in respect of the conditions to such Business Combination.

• “Business Combination” for purposes of this section means, whether in one or a series of related transactions: (A) any merger, amalgamation, recapitalization or consolidation involving us, other than a merger, amalgamation, recapitalization, consolidation or similar transaction with our wholly-owned subsidiary or which is solely for the purpose of our continuance as a corporation in another jurisdiction; (B) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition involving 50% or more of our assets and our subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis; or (C) any agreement, contract or other arrangement having the same purpose or effect as the transactions described in (A) and (B) above.


Transactions or Actions Requiring Special Approval.

• In addition to any other approvals required under the CBCA, prior to consummating a Related Party Transaction, we will obtain (A) the consent of the majority of a committee of our independent directors and (B) with respect to clauses (x) and (y) of the definition of related party transaction below, the affirmative vote in favor of the approval of the Related Party Transaction by the majority of the holders of Class A voting shares (exclusive of Class A voting shares held by the Related Person (and its Affiliates and Associates) which is or would be a party to such Related Party Transaction) that cast a vote, in person or by proxy (but not including any vote that is not counted as either an affirmative or negative vote), at the annual or special shareholders meeting at which such Related Party Transaction is considered.

• For purposes of this section, (A) “Related Party Transaction” will mean (x) consummation of a Business Combination with a Related Person; (y) amending, repealing or altering in anyway any provision of our restated articles or the amended by-laws, except for matters not having an adverse effect on the holders of Class A voting shares; or (z) the issuance, sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) by us or any wholly-owned subsidiary of ours of any securities of ours or of such subsidiary to a Related Person (other than pursuant to: an employee or director stock incentive plan or other compensation arrangements approved by our compensation committee; an offering made to all holders of Class A voting shares; or a public offering); and (B) “Related Person” will mean any individual, corporation, partnership, group, association or other person or entity that, together with its Affiliates and Associates, beneficially owns Class A voting shares and/or Class B multiple voting shares which, in the aggregate, represent twenty percent (20%) or more of the total voting rights attached to the common shares issued and outstanding at the time the definitive agreement with respect to a Related Party Transaction is executed.

Subdivision, Consolidation, Reclassification or Other Change. No subdivision, consolidation or reclassification of, or other change to, the Class A voting shares will be carried out, either directly or indirectly unless, at the same time, the Class B multiple voting shares are subdivided, consolidated, reclassified or changed in the same manner and on the same basis.

Equal Status. Except as otherwise expressly provided in our restated articles, Class A voting shares and Class B multiple voting shares will have the same rights and privileges and will rank equally, share ratably and be equal in all respects as to all matters.

 Approval of Issuance. For so long as the outstanding Class B multiple voting shares represent a majority of the total voting rights attached to the common shares, we will not issue any Class A voting shares, or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A voting shares, unless such issuance, or the plan or agreement under which such security is to be issued, has been approved by (i) a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders of Class B multiple voting shares or (ii) unanimous written consent of the holders of Class B multiple voting shares; provided, however, such approval shall not be required for the issuance of the following:

• Class A voting shares, options or warrants under any plan or agreement approved by us prior to June 1, 2005; or

• Class A voting shares upon the exercise of an option or warrant issued or to be issued under any plan or agreement approved by us prior to June 1, 2005; or

• Class A voting shares upon the conversion of Class B multiple voting shares; or

• Class A voting shares upon the conversion, exercise or exchange of any security, obligation or other instrument for Class A voting shares if the issuance of such security, obligation or other instrument was previously approved pursuant to this paragraph.


Class B Multiple Voting Shares

The Class B multiple voting shares have the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

Voting. Each Class B multiple voting share entitles the holder to ten (10) votes at all meetings of our shareholders (except meetings at which only holders of another specified class of shares are entitled to vote pursuant to the provisions of our restated articles or the CBCA).

Ranking on Liquidation. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, whether voluntary or involuntary, or other distribution of our assets among shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class of shares ranking prior to the Class B multiple voting shares or the Class A voting shares, the holders of the Class B multiple voting shares and the holders of the Class A voting shares will be entitled to receive our remaining property. The holders of the Class B multiple voting shares and the holders of the Class A voting shares will rank equally with respect to the distribution of assets in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any other distribution of our assets among shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs.

Dividends and Distributions. In addition to any dividend or distribution declared by the directors in respect of Class B multiple voting shares, holders of Class B multiple voting shares will be entitled to receive a dividend or distribution, whether cash, non-cash or some combination thereof, equal (on a per share basis) to any dividend or distribution declared by our directors in respect of Class A voting shares. Dividends and distributions on Class B multiple voting shares will be payable on the dated fixed for payment of the dividend or distribution in respect of Class B multiple voting shares or, if applicable, on the date fixed for payment of a dividend or distribution in respect of Class A voting

Conversion by Holder into Class A voting shares. Each Class B multiple voting share may at any time and from time to time, at the option of the holder, be converted into one fully paid and non-assessable Class A voting share.

Subdivision, Consolidation, Reclassification or Other Change. No subdivision, consolidation or reclassification of, or other change to, the Class B multiple voting shares will be carried out unless, at the same time, the Class A voting shares are subdivided, consolidated, reclassified or changed in the same manner and on the same basis.

Equal Status. Except as otherwise expressly provided in our restated articles, Class B multiple voting shares and Class A voting shares will have the same rights and privileges and will rank equally, share ratably and be equal in all respects as to all matters.

Approval of Issuance. For so long as the outstanding Class B multiple voting shares represent a majority of the total voting rights attached to the common shares, we may not issue any Class B multiple voting shares, or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class B multiple voting shares, unless such issuance has been approved by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders of Class B multiple voting shares; provided, however, such approval is not required for the issuance of Class B multiple voting shares upon the conversion, exercise or exchange of any security of ours for Class B multiple voting shares if the issuance of such security was previously approved pursuant to this paragraph.

Preferred Shares

The preferred shares have, as a class, the following rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions:

Issuance of Preferred Shares, in Series. Our directors may, at any time and from time to time, issue preferred shares in one or more series, each series to consist of such number of preferred shares as may, before issuance thereof, be determined by the directors.

Determination of Rights, Privileges, Restrictions, Conditions and Limitations Attaching to Series of Preferred Shares. Our directors may, from time to time fix, before issuance, the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions, conditions and limitations to attach to the preferred shares of each series.


Cumulative Dividends or Return of Capital Not Paid in Full. Pursuant to section 27(2) of the CBCA, when any cumulative dividends or amounts payable on a return of capital in respect of a series of preferred shares are not paid in full, the preferred shares of all series will participate ratably in respect of such dividends including accumulations, if any, in accordance with the sums which would be payable on the preferred shares if all such dividends were declared and paid in full, and on any return of capital in accordance with the sums which would be payable on such return of capital if all sums so payable were paid in full.

Payment of Dividends and Other Preferences. The preferred shares will be entitled to preference over the Class A voting shares, the Class B multiple voting shares and any other shares ranking junior to the preferred shares with respect to the payment of dividends, and may also be given such other preferences over the Class A voting shares, the Class B multiple voting shares and any other shares ranking junior to the preferred shares, as may be fixed by our directors, as to the respective series authorized to be issued.

Procedure for Payment of Dividends. No dividends will at any time be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any shares ranking junior to the preferred shares, unless all dividends up to and including the dividends payable for the last completed period for which such dividends will be payable on each series of preferred shares then issued and outstanding will have been declared and paid or set apart for payment at the date of such declaration or payment or setting apart for payment on such shares ranking junior to the preferred shares, nor will we call for redemption or redeem or purchase for cancellation or reduce or otherwise pay off any of the preferred shares (less than the total amount then outstanding) or any shares ranking junior to the preferred shares, unless all dividends up to and including the dividend payable for the last completed period for which such dividends will be payable on each series of the preferred shares then issued and outstanding will have been declared and paid or set apart for payment at the date of such call for redemption, purchase, reduction or other payment.

Ranking for Payment of Dividends and Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding-up. The preferred shares of each series will rank on a parity with the preferred shares of every other series with respect to priority in payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, whether voluntary of involuntary.

Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding-up. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up or other distribution of our assets among shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, the holders of the preferred shares will, before any amount will be paid to or any of our property or assets distributed among the holders of the Class A voting shares, the Class B multiple voting shares or any other shares of ours ranking junior to the preferred shares, be entitled to receive:

• an amount equal to the consideration received by us upon the issuance of such shares together with, in the case of cumulative preferred shares, all unpaid cumulative dividends (which for such purpose will be calculated as if such cumulative dividends were accruing from day to day for the period from the expiration of the last period for which cumulative dividends have been paid-up to and including the date of distribution) and, in the case of non-cumulative preferred shares, all declared and unpaid non-cumulative dividends; and

• if such liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or distribution will be voluntary, an additional amount equal to the premium, if any, which would have been payable on the redemption of the said preferred shares respectively if they had been called for redemption by us on the date of distribution and, if said preferred shares could not be redeemed on such date, then an additional amount equal to the greatest premium, if any, which would have been payable on the redemption of said preferred shares respectively.

Purchase by us. The preferred shares of any series may be purchased for cancellation or made subject to redemption by us at such times and at such prices and upon such other terms and conditions as may be specified in the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the preferred shares of such series as set forth in the articles of amendment relating to such series.


Amendments. The provisions of this section relating to preferred shares may be deleted or varied in whole or in part by a certificate of amendment, but only with the prior approval of the holders of the preferred shares in addition to any other approval required by the CBCA (or any other statutory provision of the like or similar effect, from time to time in force).

Transfer Agent

Computershare Trust Company N.A. is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.

Exhibit 8.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF BIRKS GROUP INC.

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Cash, Gold & Silver USA, Inc.

 

Delaware

Cash, Gold & Silver Inc.

 

Canada

Birks Jewellers Limited

 

Hong Kong

Exhibit 12.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Jean-Christophe Bédos, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Birks Group Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the Annual Report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: July 8, 2020

     

/s/ Jean-Christophe Bédos

     

Jean-Christophe Bédos,

     

President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Katia Fontana, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of Birks Group Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the Annual Report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: July 8, 2020

     

/s/ Katia Fontana

     

Katia Fontana,

     

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Birks Group Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended March 28, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jean-Christophe Bédos, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: July 8, 2020

     

/s/ Jean-Christophe Bédos

     

Jean-Christophe Bédos,

     

President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 13.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Birks Group Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended March 28, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Katia Fontana, Vice President, Chief Financial & Administrative Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: July 8, 2020

     

/s/ Katia Fontana

     

Katia Fontana

     

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 15.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Birks Group Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-218932 and 333-139613) and the Registration Statement on Form F-3 (No. 333-173110) of Birks Group Inc. of our report dated July 8, 2020, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Birks Group Inc. as of March 28, 2020 and March 30, 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, other comprehensive income (loss), changes to stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ended March 28, 2020, March 30, 2019, and March 31, 2018, and the related notes, which report appears in the March 30, 2020 Annual Report on Form 20-F of Birks Group Inc. Our report refers to a change in the method of accounting for leases.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP*

July 8, 2020

Montreal, Canada

 

*CPA auditor, CA, public accountancy permit No. A131106

 

KPMG LLP is a Canadian limited liability partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of Independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. KPMG Canada provides services to KPMG LLP.